SlideShare a Scribd company logo
NVIDIA CUDA
Compute Unified
Device Architecture


Programming Guide


Version 0.8.2
4/24/2007
ii   CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Table of Contents



Chapter 1. Introduction to CUDA....................................................................... 1
  1.1     The Graphics Processor Unit as a Data-Parallel Computing Device ...................1
  1.2     CUDA: A New Architecture for Computing on the GPU ....................................3
  1.3     Document’s Structure ...................................................................................6
Chapter 2. Programming Model......................................................................... 7
  2.1     A Highly Multithreaded Coprocessor...............................................................7
  2.2     Thread Batching...........................................................................................7
     2.2.1      Thread Block .........................................................................................7
     2.2.2      Grid of Thread Blocks.............................................................................8
  2.3     Memory Model ........................................................................................... 10
Chapter 3. Hardware Implementation ............................................................ 13
  3.1     A Set of SIMD Multiprocessors with On-Chip Shared Memory ........................ 13
  3.2     Execution Model ......................................................................................... 14
Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface .............................................. 17
  4.1     An Extension to the C Programming Language ............................................. 17
  4.2     Language Extensions .................................................................................. 17
     4.2.1      Function Type Qualifiers....................................................................... 18
     4.2.2      Variable Type Qualifiers ....................................................................... 19
     4.2.3      Execution Configuration ....................................................................... 20
     4.2.4      Built-in Variables.................................................................................. 21
     4.2.5      Compilation with NVCC ........................................................................ 21
  4.3     Common Runtime Component..................................................................... 22
     4.3.1      Built-in Vector Types............................................................................ 22
     4.3.2      Mathematical Functions........................................................................ 22
     4.3.3      Time Function ..................................................................................... 23
     4.3.4      Texture Type....................................................................................... 23
  4.4     Device Runtime Component ........................................................................ 24
     4.4.1      Mathematical Functions........................................................................ 24



CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                                iii
4.4.2     Synchronization Function ..................................................................... 25
       4.4.3     Type Casting Functions ........................................................................ 25
       4.4.4     Texture Functions ................................................................................ 25
     4.5   Host Runtime Component ........................................................................... 26
       4.5.1     Common Concepts............................................................................... 26
       4.5.2     Runtime API ........................................................................................ 27
       4.5.3     Driver API ........................................................................................... 32
Chapter 5. GeForce 8800 Series and Quadro FX 5600/4600
Technical Specification .................................................................................... 39
     5.1   General Specification .................................................................................. 39
     5.2   Floating-Point Standard .............................................................................. 40
Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines ................................................................. 43
     6.1   Instruction Performance ............................................................................. 43
       6.1.1     Instruction Throughput ........................................................................ 43
       6.1.2     Memory Bandwidth .............................................................................. 45
     6.2   Number of Threads per Block...................................................................... 55
     6.3   Data Transfer between Host and Device ...................................................... 56
Chapter 7. Example of Matrix Multiplication ................................................... 57
     7.1   Overview ................................................................................................... 57
     7.2   Source Code Listing .................................................................................... 59
     7.3   Source Code Walkthrough........................................................................... 61
       7.3.1     Mul() ................................................................................................ 61
       7.3.2     Muld() .............................................................................................. 61
Appendix A. Mathematics Functions................................................................ 63
Appendix B. Runtime API Reference ............................................................... 67
     B.1   Device Management ................................................................................... 67
       B.1.1     cudaGetDeviceCount() .................................................................. 67
       B.1.2     cudaGetDeviceProperties() ........................................................ 67
       B.1.3     cudaChooseDevice() ...................................................................... 68
       B.1.4     cudaSetDevice() ............................................................................ 68
       B.1.5     cudaGetDevice() ............................................................................ 68
     B.2   Memory Management ................................................................................. 68
       B.2.1     cudaMalloc() .................................................................................. 68


iv                                                                         CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
B.2.2       cudaMalloc2D() .............................................................................. 68
    B.2.3       cudaFree() ...................................................................................... 69
    B.2.4       cudaMallocArray() ........................................................................ 69
    B.2.5       cudaFreeArray() ............................................................................ 69
    B.2.6       cudaMemset() .................................................................................. 69
    B.2.7       cudaMemset2D() .............................................................................. 69
    B.2.8       cudaMemcpy() .................................................................................. 70
    B.2.9       cudaMemcpy2D() .............................................................................. 70
    B.2.10      cudaMemcpyToArray() .................................................................... 70
    B.2.11      cudaMemcpy2DToArray() ................................................................ 70
    B.2.12      cudaMemcpyFromArray() ................................................................ 71
    B.2.13      cudaMemcpy2DFromArray() ............................................................ 71
    B.2.14      cudaMemcpyArrayToArray() .......................................................... 71
    B.2.15      cudaMemcpy2DArrayToArray() ...................................................... 71
    B.2.16      cudaMemcpyToSymbol() .................................................................. 72
    B.2.17      cudaMemcpyFromSymbol() .............................................................. 72
    B.2.18      cudaGetSymbolAddress() .............................................................. 72
    B.2.19      cudaGetSymbolSize() .................................................................... 73
  B.3     Texture Reference Management.................................................................. 73
    B.3.1       Low-Level API ..................................................................................... 73
        B.3.1.1       cudaCreateChannelDesc()...................................................... 73
        B.3.1.2       cudaGetChannelDesc()............................................................ 73
        B.3.1.3       cudaGetTextureReference().................................................. 73
        B.3.1.4       cudaBindTexture().................................................................. 73
        B.3.1.5       cudaUnbindTexture().............................................................. 74
    B.3.2       High-Level API..................................................................................... 74
        B.3.2.1       cudaBindTexture().................................................................. 74
        B.3.2.2       cudaUnbindTexture().............................................................. 74
  B.4     Execution Control ....................................................................................... 75
    B.4.1       cudaConfigureCall() .................................................................... 75
    B.4.2       cudaLaunch() .................................................................................. 75
    B.4.3       cudaSetupArgument() .................................................................... 75


CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                               v
B.5   OpenGL Interoperability.............................................................................. 75
       B.5.1     cudaGLRegisterBufferObject() .................................................. 75
       B.5.2     cudaGLMapBufferObject() ............................................................ 76
       B.5.3     cudaGLUnmapBufferObject() ........................................................ 76
       B.5.4     cudaGLUnregisterBufferObject() .............................................. 76
     B.6   Direct3D Interoperability............................................................................. 76
       B.6.1     cudaD3D9Begin() ............................................................................ 76
       B.6.2     cudaD3D9End() ................................................................................ 76
       B.6.3     cudaD3D9RegisterVertexBuffer() .............................................. 76
       B.6.4     cudaD3D9MapVertexBuffer() ........................................................ 76
       B.6.5     cudaD3D9UnmapVertexBuffer() .................................................... 77
     B.7   Error Handling............................................................................................ 77
       B.7.1     cudaGetLastError() ...................................................................... 77
       B.7.2     cudaGetErrorString() .................................................................. 77
Appendix C. Driver API Reference ................................................................... 79
     C.1   Initialization ............................................................................................... 79
       C.1.1     cuInit() .......................................................................................... 79
     C.2   Device Management ................................................................................... 79
       C.2.1     cuDeviceGetCount() ...................................................................... 79
       C.2.2     cuDeviceGet() ................................................................................ 79
       C.2.3     cuDeviceGetName() ........................................................................ 79
       C.2.4     cuDeviceTotalMem() ...................................................................... 80
       C.2.5     cuDeviceComputeCapability() .................................................... 80
     C.3   Context Management.................................................................................. 80
       C.3.1     cuCtxCreate() ................................................................................ 80
       C.3.2     cuCtxAttach() ................................................................................ 80
       C.3.3     cuCtxDetach() ................................................................................ 80
     C.4   Module Management .................................................................................. 80
       C.4.1     cuModuleLoad() .............................................................................. 80
       C.4.2     cuModuleLoadData() ...................................................................... 81
       C.4.3     cuModuleUnload() .......................................................................... 81
       C.4.4     cuModuleGetFunction() ................................................................ 81


vi                                                                          CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
C.4.5      cuModuleGetGlobal() .................................................................... 81
    C.4.6      cuModuleGetTexRef() .................................................................... 81
  C.5    Execution Control ....................................................................................... 82
    C.5.1      cuFuncSetBlockShape() ................................................................ 82
    C.5.2      cuFuncSetSharedSize() ................................................................ 82
    C.5.3      cuParamSetSize() .......................................................................... 82
    C.5.4      cuParamSeti() ................................................................................ 82
    C.5.5      cuParamSetf() ................................................................................ 82
    C.5.6      cuParamSetv() ................................................................................ 82
    C.5.7      cuParamSetArray() ........................................................................ 83
    C.5.8      cuLaunch() ...................................................................................... 83
    C.5.9      cuLaunchGrid() .............................................................................. 83
  C.6    Memory Management ................................................................................. 83
    C.6.1      cuMemAlloc() .................................................................................. 83
    C.6.2      cuMemAlloc2D() .............................................................................. 83
    C.6.3      cuMemFree() .................................................................................... 84
    C.6.4      cuMemAllocSystem() ...................................................................... 84
    C.6.5      cuMemFreeSystem() ........................................................................ 84
    C.6.6      cuMemGetAddressRange() .............................................................. 84
    C.6.7      cuArrayCreate() ............................................................................ 85
    C.6.8      cuArrayGetDescriptor() .............................................................. 86
    C.6.9      cuArrayDestroy() .......................................................................... 86
    C.6.10     cuMemset() ...................................................................................... 86
    C.6.11     cuMemcpyStoD() .............................................................................. 86
    C.6.12     cuMemcpyDtoS() .............................................................................. 87
    C.6.13     cuMemcpyDtoD() .............................................................................. 87
    C.6.14     cuMemcpyDtoA() .............................................................................. 87
    C.6.15     cuMemcpyAtoD() .............................................................................. 87
    C.6.16     cuMemcpyAtoS() .............................................................................. 87
    C.6.17     cuMemcpyStoA() .............................................................................. 88
    C.6.18     cuMemcpyAtoA() .............................................................................. 88



CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                             vii
C.6.19   cuMemcpy2D() .................................................................................. 88
       C.7   Texture Reference Management.................................................................. 90
         C.7.1    cuModuleGetTexRef() .................................................................... 90
         C.7.2    cuTexRefCreate() .......................................................................... 90
         C.7.3    cuTexRefDestroy() ........................................................................ 90
         C.7.4    cuTexRefSetArray() ...................................................................... 90
         C.7.5    cuTexRefSetAddress() .................................................................. 91
         C.7.6    cuTexRefSetFormat() .................................................................... 91
         C.7.7    cuTexRefSetAddressMode() .......................................................... 91
         C.7.8    cuTexRefSetFilterMode() ............................................................ 91
         C.7.9    cuTexRefSetFlags() ...................................................................... 92
         C.7.10   cuTexRefGetAddress() .................................................................. 92
         C.7.11   cuTexRefGetArray() ...................................................................... 92
         C.7.12   cuTexRefGetAddressMode() .......................................................... 92
         C.7.13   cuTexRefGetFilterMode() ............................................................ 92
         C.7.14   cuTexRefGetFormat() .................................................................... 92
         C.7.15   cuTexRefGetFlags() ...................................................................... 93
       C.8   OpenGL Interoperability.............................................................................. 93
         C.8.1    cuGLInit() ...................................................................................... 93
         C.8.2    cuGLRegisterBufferObject() ...................................................... 93
         C.8.3    cuGLMapBufferObject() ................................................................ 93
         C.8.4    cuGLUnmapBufferObject() ............................................................ 93
         C.8.5    cuGLUnregisterBufferObject() .................................................. 93
       C.9   Direct3D Interoperability............................................................................. 94
         C.9.1    cuD3D9Begin() ................................................................................ 94
         C.9.2    cuD3D9End() .................................................................................... 94
         C.9.3    cuD3D9RegisterVertexBuffer() .................................................. 94
         C.9.4    cuD3D9MapVertexBuffer() ............................................................ 94
         C.9.5    cuD3D9UnmapVertexBuffer() ........................................................ 94




viii                                                                     CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
List of Figures



Figure 1-1.   Floating-Point Operations per Second for the CPU and GPU.....................1
Figure 1-2.   The GPU Devotes More Transistors to Data Processing ............................2
Figure 1-3.   Compute Unified Device Architecture Block Diagram ................................3
Figure 1-4.   The Gather and Scatter Memory Operations ............................................4
Figure 1-5.   Shared Memory Brings Data Closer to the ALUs .......................................5
Figure 2-1.   Thread Batching ....................................................................................9
Figure 2-2.   Memory Model..................................................................................... 11
Figure 3-1.   Hardware Model .................................................................................. 14
Figure 6-1.   Examples of Shared Memory Access Patterns Without any Bank Conflict 51
Figure 6-2.   Examples of Shared Memory Access Patterns Without any Bank Conflict 52
Figure 6-3.   Examples of Shared Memory Access Patterns With Bank Conflicts........... 53
Figure 7-1.   Matrix Multiplication ............................................................................. 58




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                             ix
Nvidia cuda programming_guide_0.8.2
Chapter 1.
                                                         Introduction to CUDA



1.1             The Graphics Processor Unit as a
                Data-Parallel Computing Device
                In a matter of just a few years, the programmable graphics processor unit has
                evolved into an absolute computing workhorse, as illustrated by Figure 1-1. With
                multiple cores driven by very high memory bandwidth, today's GPUs offer
                incredible resources for both graphics and non-graphics processing.


                GFLOPS
                          G80GL = Quadro 5600 FX

                          G80 = GeForce 8800 GTX

                          G71 = GeForce 7900 GTX

                          G70 = GeForce 7800 GTX

                          NV40 = GeForce 6800 Ultra

                          NV35 = GeForce FX 5950 Ultra

                          NV30 = GeForce FX 5800




                Figure 1-1.          Floating-Point Operations per Second for the
                                     CPU and GPU

                The main reason behind such an evolution is that the GPU is specialized for
                compute-intensive, highly parallel computation – exactly what graphics rendering is
                about – and therefore is designed such that more transistors are devoted to data
                processing rather than data caching and flow control, as schematically illustrated by
                Figure 1-2.


CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                1
Chapter 1. Introduction to CUDA


                   Control          ALU     ALU

                                    ALU     ALU

                   Cache




                  DRAM                                           DRAM


                                  CPU                                         GPU


                 Figure 1-2.        The GPU Devotes More Transistors to Data
                                    Processing

                 More specifically, the GPU is especially well-suited to address problems that can be
                 expressed as data-parallel computations – the same program is executed on many
                 data elements in parallel – with high arithmetic intensity – the ratio of arithmetic
                 operations to memory operations. Because the same program is executed for each
                 data element, there is a lower requirement for sophisticated flow control; and
                 because it is executed on many data elements and has high arithmetic intensity, the
                 memory access latency can be hidden with calculations instead of big data caches.
                 Data-parallel processing maps data elements to parallel processing threads. Many
                 applications that process large data sets such as arrays can use a data-parallel
                 programming model to speed up the computations. In 3D rendering large sets of
                 pixels and vertices are mapped to parallel threads. Similarly, image and media
                 processing applications such as post-processing of rendered images, video encoding
                 and decoding, image scaling, stereo vision, and pattern recognition can map image
                 blocks and pixels to parallel processing threads. In fact, many algorithms outside the
                 field of image rendering and processing are accelerated by data-parallel processing,
                 from general signal processing or physics simulation to computational finance or
                 computational biology.
                 Up until now, however, accessing all that computational power packed into the
                 GPU and efficiently leveraging it for non-graphics applications remained tricky:
                    The GPU could only be programmed through a graphics API, imposing a high
                    learning curve to the novice and the overhead of an inadequate API to the non-
                    graphics application.
                    The GPU DRAM could be read in a general way – GPU programs can gather
                    data elements from any part of DRAM – but could not be written in a general
                    way – GPU programs cannot scatter information to any part of DRAM –,
                    removing a lot of the programming flexibility readily available on the CPU.
                    Some applications were bottlenecked by the DRAM memory bandwidth, under-
                    utilizing the GPU’s computational power.
                 This document describes a novel hardware and programming model that is a direct
                 answer to these problems and exposes the GPU as a truly generic data-parallel
                 computing device.




2                                                               CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 1. Introduction to CUDA




1.2             CUDA: A New Architecture for Computing on
                the GPU
                CUDA stands for Compute Unified Device Architecture and is a new hardware
                and software architecture for issuing and managing computations on the GPU as a
                data-parallel computing device without the need of mapping them to a graphics
                API. It is available for the GeForce 8800 Series, Quadro FX 5600/4600, and
                beyond. The operating system’s multitasking mechanism is responsible for
                managing the access to the GPU by several CUDA and graphics applications
                running concurrently.
                The CUDA software stack is composed of several layers as illustrated in Figure 1-3:
                a hardware driver, an application programming interface (API) and its runtime, and
                two higher-level mathematical libraries of common usage, CUFFT and CUBLAS
                that are both described in separate documents. The hardware has been designed to
                support lightweight driver and runtime layers, resulting in high performance.



                  CPU
                                                 Application




                                CUDA Libraries




                                        CUDA Runtime




                                                 CUDA Driver




                  GPU



                Figure 1-3.       Compute Unified Device Architecture Software
                                  Stack

                The CUDA API comprises an extension to the C programming language for a
                minimum learning curve (see Chapter 4).




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                              3
Chapter 1. Introduction to CUDA


                 CUDA provides general DRAM memory addressing as illustrated in Figure 1-4 for
                 more programming flexibility: both scatter and gather memory operations. From a
                 programming perspective, this translates into the ability to read and write data at any
                 location in DRAM, just like on a CPU.


                  Control                ALU            Control
                            ALU   ALU            ...              ALU   ALU   ALU     ...     …
                  Cache                                 Cache



                  DRAM                                                                        …
                            d0     d1     d2     d3               d4     d5    d6     d7

                                                       Gather


                  Control   ALU   ALU    ALU            Control   ALU   ALU   ALU
                                                 ...                                  ...     …
                  Cache                                 Cache



                  DRAM                                                                        …
                            d0     d1     d2     d3               d4     d5    d6     d7

                                                       Scatter


                 Figure 1-4.       The Gather and Scatter Memory Operations




4                                                                 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 1. Introduction to CUDA



                CUDA features a parallel data cache or on-chip shared memory with very fast
                general read and write access, that threads use to share data with each other (see
                Chapter 3). As illustrated in Figure 1-5, applications can take advantage of it by
                minimizing overfetch and round-trips to DRAM and therefore becoming less
                dependent on DRAM memory bandwidth.


                 Control                ALU            Control
                           ALU   ALU             ...             ALU   ALU   ALU     ...     …
                 Cache                                 Cache



                 DRAM                                                                        …
                           d0     d1     d2      d3              d4    d5     d6     d7


                                        Without shared memory


                 Control                ALU            Control
                           ALU   ALU             ...             ALU   ALU   ALU     ...     …
                 Cache                                 Cache

                 Shared                                Shared
                 memory                                memory
                           d0     d1     d2      d3              d4    d5     d6     d7




                 DRAM                                                                        …
                           d0     d1     d2      d3              d4    d5     d6     d7


                                              With shared memory


                Figure 1-5.       Shared Memory Brings Data Closer to the ALUs




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                 5
Chapter 1. Introduction to CUDA




1.3              Document’s Structure
                 This document is organized into the following chapters:
                    Chapter 1 contains a general introduction to CUDA.
                    Chapter 2 outlines the programming model.
                    Chapter 3 describes its hardware implementation.
                    Chapter 4 describes the CUDA API and runtime.
                    Chapter 5 gives the technical specifications of the GeForce 8800 Series and
                    Quadro FX 5600/4600.
                    Chapter 6 gives some guidance on how to achieve maximum performance.
                    Chapter 7 illustrates the previous chapters by walking through the code of some
                    simple example.
                    Appendix A lists the mathematics functions supported in CUDA.
                    Appendix B is the CUDA runtime API reference.
                    Appendix C is the CUDA driver API reference.




6                                                             CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 2.
                                                       Programming Model



2.1             A Highly Multithreaded Coprocessor
                When programmed through CUDA, the GPU is viewed as a compute device capable of
                executing a very high number of threads in parallel. It operates as a coprocessor to
                the main CPU, or host: In other words, data-parallel, compute-intensive portions of
                applications running on the host are off-loaded onto the device.
                More precisely, a portion of an application that is executed many times, but
                independently on different data, can be isolated into a function that is executed on
                the device as many different threads. To that effect, such a function is compiled to
                the instruction set of the device and the resulting program, called a kernel, is
                downloaded to the device.
                Both the host and the device maintain their own DRAM, referred to as host memory
                and device memory, respectively. One can copy data from one DRAM to the other
                through optimized API calls that utilize the device’s high-performance Direct
                Memory Access (DMA) engines.


2.2             Thread Batching
                The batch of threads that executes a kernel is organized as a grid of thread blocks as
                described in Sections 2.2.1 and 2.2.2 and illustrated in Figure 2-1.


2.2.1           Thread Block
                A thread block is a batch of threads that can cooperate together by efficiently
                sharing data through some fast shared memory and synchronizing their execution to
                coordinate memory accesses. More precisely, one can specify synchronization points
                in the kernel, where threads in a block are suspended until they all reach the
                synchronization point.
                Each thread is identified by its thread ID, which is the thread number within the
                block. To help with complex addressing based on the thread ID, an application can
                also specify a block as a two- or three-dimensional array of arbitrary size and
                identify each thread using a 2- or 3-component index instead. For a two-


CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                   7
Chapter 2. Programming Model


                dimensional block of size (Dx, Dy), the thread ID of a thread of index (x, y) is
                (x + y Dx) and for a three-dimensional block of size (Dx, Dy, Dz), the thread ID of a
                thread of index (x, y, z) is (x + y Dx + z Dx Dy).


2.2.2           Grid of Thread Blocks
                There is a limited maximum number of threads that a block can contain. However,
                blocks of same dimensionality and size that execute the same kernel can be batched
                together into a grid of blocks, so that the total number of threads that can be
                launched in a single kernel invocation is much larger. This comes at the expense of
                reduced thread cooperation, because threads in different thread blocks from the
                same grid cannot communicate and synchronize with each other. This model allows
                kernels to efficiently run without recompilation on various devices with different
                parallel capabilities: A device may run all the blocks of a grid sequentially if it has
                very few parallel capabilities, or in parallel if it has a lot of parallel capabilities, or
                usually a combination of both.
                Each block is identified by its block ID, which is the block number within the grid.
                To help with complex addressing based on the block ID, an application can also
                specify a grid as a two-dimensional array of arbitrary size and identify each block
                using a 2-component index instead. For a two-dimensional block of size (Dx, Dy),
                the block ID of a block of index (x, y) is (x + y Dx).




8                                                                CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 2. Programming Model



                  Host                          Device


                                                   Grid 1


                        Kernel 1                        Block              Block              Block
                                                        (0, 0)             (1, 0)             (2, 0)



                                                        Block              Block              Block
                                                        (0, 1)             (1, 1)             (2, 1)




                                                        Grid 2


                       Kernel 2




                                                        Block (1, 1)



                                  Thread      Thread       Thread      Thread       Thread
                                   (0, 0)      (1, 0)       (2, 0)      (3, 0)       (4, 0)


                                  Thread      Thread       Thread      Thread       Thread
                                   (0, 1)      (1, 1)       (2, 1)      (3, 1)       (4, 1)


                                  Thread      Thread       Thread      Thread       Thread
                                   (0, 2)      (1, 2)       (2, 2)      (3, 2)       (4, 2)



                The host issues a succession of kernel invocations to the device. Each kernel is executed as a batch
                of threads organized as a grid of thread blocks


                Figure 2-1.           Thread Batching




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                               9
Chapter 2. Programming Model




2.3             Memory Model
                A thread that executes on the device has only access to the device’s DRAM and
                on-chip memory through the following memory spaces, as illustrated in Figure 2-2:
                   Read-write per-thread registers,
                   Read-write per-thread local memory,
                   Read-write per-block shared memory,
                   Read-write per-grid global memory,
                   Read-only per-grid constant memory,
                   Read-only per-grid texture memory.
                The global, constant, and texture memory spaces can be read from or written to by
                the host and are persistent across kernel calls by the same application.
                The global, constant, and texture memory spaces are optimized for different
                memory usages (see Sections 6.1.2.1, 6.1.2.2, and 6.1.2.3). Texture memory also
                offers different addressing modes, as well as data filtering, for some specific data
                formats (see Section 4.3.4).




10                                                              CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 2. Programming Model




                  Grid

                   Block (0, 0)                             Block (1, 0)



                            Shared Memory                            Shared Memory


                   Registers           Registers            Registers           Registers




                   Thread (0, 0)       Thread (1, 0)        Thread (0, 0)       Thread (1, 0)




                    Local               Local                Local               Local
                   Memory              Memory               Memory              Memory



                   Global
                   Memory


                   Constant
                   Memory


                   Texture
                   Memory



                A thread has access to the device’s DRAM and on-chip memory through a set of
                memory spaces of various scopes.


                Figure 2-2.         Memory Model




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                   11
Nvidia cuda programming_guide_0.8.2
Chapter 3.
                                          Hardware Implementation



3.1             A Set of SIMD Multiprocessors with On-Chip
                Shared Memory
                The device is implemented as a set of multiprocessors as illustrated in Figure 3-1. Each
                multiprocessor has a Single Instruction, Multiple Data architecture (SIMD): At any
                given clock cycle, each processor of the multiprocessor executes the same
                instruction, but operates on different data.
                Each multiprocessor has on-chip memory of the four following types:
                   One set of local 32-bit registers per processor,
                   A parallel data cache or shared memory that is shared by all the processors and
                   implements the shared memory space,
                   A read-only constant cache that is shared by all the processors and speeds up reads
                   from the constant memory space, which is implemented as a read-only region of
                   device memory,
                   A read-only texture cache that is shared by all the processors and speeds up reads
                   from the texture memory space, which is implemented as a read-only region of
                   device memory.
                The local and global memory spaces are implemented as read-write regions of
                device memory and are not cached.
                Each multiprocessor accesses the texture cache via a texture unit that implements the
                various addressing modes and data filtering mentioned in Section 2.3.




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                 13
Chapter 3. Hardware Implementation




                  Device

                       Multiprocessor N




                    Multiprocessor 2

                   Multiprocessor 1



                                        Shared Memory


                   Registers          Registers                  Registers
                                                                                  Instruction

                   Processor 1         Processor 2      …        Processor M
                                                                                     Unit




                                                                                   Constant
                                                                                     Cache


                                                                                    Texture
                                                                                     Cache




                  Device Memory




                A set of SIMD multiprocessors with on-chip shared memory.


                Figure 3-1.          Hardware Model



3.2             Execution Model
                A grid of thread blocks is executed on the device by executing one or more blocks
                on each multiprocessor using time slicing: Each block is split into SIMD groups of
                threads called warps; each of these warps contains the same number of threads,
                called the warp size, and is executed by the multiprocessor in a SIMD fashion; a thread
                scheduler periodically switches from one warp to another to maximize the use of the



14                                                                  CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 3: Hardware Implementation



                multiprocessor’s computational resources. A half-warp is either the first or second
                half of a warp.
                The way a block is split into warps is always the same; each warp contains threads of
                consecutive, increasing thread IDs with the first warp containing thread 0.
                Section 2.2.1 describes how thread IDs relate to thread indices in the block.
                A block is processed by only one multiprocessor, so that the shared memory space
                resides in the on-chip shared memory leading to very fast memory accesses. The
                multiprocessor’s registers are allocated among the threads of the block. If the
                number of registers used per thread multiplied by the number of threads in the
                block is greater than the total number of registers per multiprocessor, the block
                cannot be executed and the corresponding kernel will fail to launch.
                Several blocks can be processed by the same multiprocessor concurrently by
                allocating the multiprocessor’s registers and shared memory among the blocks.
                The issue order of the warps within a block is undefined, but their execution can be
                synchronized, as mentioned in Section 2.2.1, to coordinate global or shared memory
                accesses. If the instruction executed by a warp writes to the same location in global
                or shared memory for more than one of the threads of the warp, how many writes
                occur to that location and the order in which they occur is undefined, but one of the
                writes is guaranteed to succeed.
                The issue order of the blocks within a grid of thread blocks is undefined and there is
                no synchronization mechanism between blocks, so threads from two different
                blocks of the same grid cannot safely communicate with each other through global
                memory during the execution of the grid.




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                  15
Nvidia cuda programming_guide_0.8.2
Chapter 4.
                      Application Programming Interface



4.1             An Extension to the C Programming
                Language
                The goal of the CUDA programming interface is to provide a relatively simple path
                for users familiar with the C programming language to easily write programs for
                execution by the device.
                It consists of:
                    A minimal set of extensions to the C language, described in Section 4.2, that
                    allow the programmer to target portions of the source code for execution on the
                    device;
                    A runtime library split into:
                         A host component, described in Section 4.5, that runs on the host and
                         provides functions to control and access one or more compute devices
                         from the host;
                         A device component, described in Section 4.4, that runs on the device and
                         provides device-specific functions;
                         A common component, described in Section 4.3, that provides built-in
                         vector types and a subset of the C standard library that are supported in
                         both host and device code.
                It should be emphasized that the only functions from the C standard library that are
                supported to run on the device are the functions provided by the common runtime
                component.


4.2             Language Extensions
                The extensions to the C programming language are four-fold:
                   Function type qualifiers to specify whether a function executes on the host or on
                   the device and whether it is callable from the host or from the device
                   (Section 4.2.1);
                   Variable type qualifiers to specify the memory location on the device of a
                   variable (Section 4.2.2);


CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                             17
Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface


                    A new directive to specify how a kernel is executed on the device from the host
                    (Section 4.2.3);
                    Four built-in variables that specify the grid and block dimensions and the block
                    and thread indices (Section 4.2.4).
                 These extensions come with some restrictions described in each of the sections
                 below. nvcc will give an error or a warning on some violations of these restrictions,
                 but some of them cannot be detected.
                 Each source file containing CUDA language extensions must be compiled with the
                 CUDA compiler nvcc, as briefly described in Section 4.2.5. A detailed description
                 of nvcc can be found in a separate document.


4.2.1            Function Type Qualifiers
4.2.1.1          __device__
                 The __device__ qualifier declares a function that is:
                    Executed on the device
                    Callable from the device only.

4.2.1.2          __global__
                 The __global__ qualifier declares a function as being a kernel. Such a function is:
                    Executed on the device,
                    Callable from the host only.

4.2.1.3          __host__
                 The __host__ qualifier declares a function that is:
                      Executed on the host,
                      Callable from the host only.
                 It is equivalent to declare a function with only the __host__ qualifier or to declare
                 it without any of the __host__, __device__, or __global__ qualifier; in either
                 case the function is compiled for the host only.
                 However, the __host__ qualifier can also be used in combination with the
                 __device__ qualifier, in which case the function is compiled for both the host and
                 the device.

4.2.1.4          Restrictions
                 __device__ functions are always inlined.
                 __device__ and __global__ functions do not support recursion.
                 __device__ and __global__ functions cannot declare static variables inside
                 their body.
                 __device__ and __global__ functions cannot have a variable number of
                 arguments.
                 __device__ functions cannot have their address taken; function pointers to
                 __global__ functions, on the other hand, are supported.



18                                                             CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface



                The __global__ and __host__ qualifiers cannot be used together.
                __global__ functions must have void return type.
                Any call to a __global__ function must specify its execution configuration as
                described in Section 4.2.3.
                A call to a __global__ function is synchronous, meaning it blocks until
                completion.
                __global__ function parameters are currently passed via shared memory to the
                device and limited to 256 bytes.


4.2.2           Variable Type Qualifiers
4.2.2.1         __device__
                The __device__ qualifier declares a variable that resides on the device.
                At most one of the other type qualifiers defined in the next three sections may be
                used together with __device__ to further specify which memory space the
                variable belongs to. If none of them is present, the variable:
                   Resides in global memory space,
                   Has the lifetime of an application,
                   Is accessible from all the threads within the grid and from the host through the
                   runtime library.

4.2.2.2         __constant__
                The __constant__ qualifier, optionally used together with __device__,
                declares a variable that:
                   Resides in constant memory space,
                   Has the lifetime of an application,
                   Is accessible from all the threads within the grid and from the host through the
                   runtime library.

4.2.2.3         __shared__
                The __shared__ qualifier, optionally used together with __device__, declares a
                variable that:
                  Resides in the shared memory space of a thread block,
                  Has the lifetime of the block,
                  Is only accessible from all the threads within the block.
                When declaring a variable in shared memory as an external array such as
                extern __shared__ float shared[];
                the size of the array is determined at launch time (see Section 4.2.3). All variables
                declared in this fashion, start at the same address in memory, so that the layout of
                the variables in the array must be explicitly managed through offsets. For example, if
                one wants the equivalent of
                short array0[128];
                float array1[64];



CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                 19
Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface


                 int     array2[256];
                 in dynamically allocated shared memory, one could declare and initialize the arrays
                 the following way:
                 extern __shared__ char array[];
                 __device__ void func()      // __device__ or __global__ function
                 {
                     short* array0 = (short*)array;
                     float* array1 = (float*)&array0[128];
                     int*   array2 =   (int*)&array1[64];
                 }

4.2.2.4          Restrictions
                 These qualifiers are not allowed on struct and union members, on formal
                 parameters and on local variables within a function that executes on the host.
                 __shared__ and __constant__ cannot be used in combination with each other.
                 __shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static storage.
                 __constant__ variables cannot be assigned to from the device, only from the
                 host. They are therefore only allowed at file scope.
                 __shared__ variables cannot have an initialization as part of their declaration.
                 An automatic variable declared in device code without any of these qualifiers
                 generally resides in a register. However in some cases the compiler might choose to
                 place it in local memory. This is often the case for large structures or arrays that
                 would consume too much register space, and arrays for which the compiler cannot
                 determine that they are indexed with constant quantities. Inspection of the ptx
                 assembly code (obtained by compiling with the –ptx or -keep option) will tell if a
                 variable has been placed in local memory during the first compilation phases as it
                 will be declared using the .local mnemonic and accessed using the ld.local
                 and st.local mnemonics. If it has not, subsequent compilation phases might still
                 decide otherwise though if they find it consumes too much register space for the
                 targeted architecture.
                 Pointers in code that is executed on the device are supported as long as the compiler
                 is able to resolve whether they point to either the shared memory space or the
                 global memory space, otherwise they are restricted to only point to memory
                 allocated or declared in the global memory space.
                 Dereferencing a pointer either to global or shared memory in code that is executed
                 on the host or to host memory in code that is executed on the device results in an
                 undefined behavior, most often in a segmentation fault and application termination.


4.2.3            Execution Configuration
                 Any call to a __global__ function must specify the execution configuration for that
                 call.
                 The execution configuration defines the dimension of the grid and blocks that will
                 be used to execute the function on the device. It is specified by inserting an
                 expression of the form <<< Dg, Db, Ns >>> between the function name and
                 the parenthesized argument list, where:



20                                                              CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface



                   Dg is of type dim3 (see Section 4.3.1.2) and specifies the dimension and size of
                   the grid, such that Dg.x * Dg.y equals the number of blocks being launched;
                   Db is of type dim3 (see Section 4.3.1.2) and specifies the dimension and size of
                   each block, such that Db.x * Db.y * Db.z equals the number of threads per
                   block;
                   Ns is of type size_t and specifies the number of bytes in shared memory that
                   is dynamically allocated per block for this call in addition to the statically
                   allocated memory; this dynamically allocated memory is used by any of the
                   variables declared as an external array as mentioned in Section 4.2.2.3; Ns is an
                   optional argument which defaults to 0.
                The arguments to the execution configuration are evaluated before the actual
                function arguments.
                As an example, a function declared as
                __global__ void Func(float* parameter);
                must be called like this:
                Func<<< Dg, Db, Ns >>>(parameter);



4.2.4           Built-in Variables
4.2.4.1         gridDim
                This variable is of type dim3 (see Section 4.3.1.2) and contains the dimensions of
                the grid.

4.2.4.2         blockIdx
                This variable is of type uint3 (see Section 4.3.1.1) and contains the block index
                within the grid.

4.2.4.3         blockDim
                This variable is of type dim3 (see Section 4.3.1.2) and contains the dimensions of
                the block.

4.2.4.4         threadIdx
                This variable is of type uint3 (see Section 4.3.1.1) and contains the thread index
                within the block.

4.2.4.5         Restrictions
                   It is not allowed to take the address of any of the built-in variables.
                   It is not allowed to assign values to any of the built-in variables.


4.2.5           Compilation with NVCC
                nvcc is a compiler driver that simplifies the process of compiling CUDA code: It
                provides simple and familiar command line options and executes them by invoking
                the collection of tools that implement the different compilation stages.
                nvcc’s basic workflow consists in separating device code from host code and
                compiling the device code into a binary form or cubin object. The generated host


CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                 21
Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface


                 code is output either as C code that is left to be compiled using another tool or as
                 object code directly by invoking the host compiler during the last compilation stage.
                 Applications can either ignore the generated host code and load the cubin object
                 onto the device and launch the device code using the CUDA driver API (see
                 Section 4.5.3), or link to the generated host code, which includes the cubin object as
                 a global initialized data array and contains a translation of the execution
                 configuration syntax described in Section 4.2.3 into the necessary CUDA runtime
                 startup code to load and launch each compiled kernel (see Section 4.5.2).
                 A detailed description of nvcc can be found in a separate document.


4.3              Common Runtime Component
                 The common runtime component can be used by both host and device functions.


4.3.1            Built-in Vector Types
4.3.1.1          char1, uchar1, char2, uchar2, char3, uchar3,
                 char4, uchar4, short1, ushort1, short2, ushort2,
                 short3, ushort3, short4, ushort4, int1, uint1,
                 int2, uint2, int3, uint3, int4, uint4, long1,
                 ulong1, long2, ulong2, long3, ulong3, long4,
                 ulong4, float1, float2, float3, float4
                 These are vector types derived from the basic integer and floating-point types. They
                 are structures and the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th components are accessible through the
                 fields x, y, z, and w, respectively. They all come with a constructor function of the
                 form make_<type name>; for example,
                 int2 make_int2(int x, int y);
                 which creates a vector of type int2 with value (x, y).

4.3.1.2          dim3 Type
                 This type is an integer vector type based on uint3 that is used to specify
                 dimensions. When defining a variable of type dim3, any component left unspecified
                 is initialized to 1.


4.3.2            Mathematical Functions
                 Table A-1 in Appendix A contains a comprehensive list of the C/C++ standard
                 library mathematical functions that are currently supported, along with their
                 respective error bounds when executed on the device.
                 When executed in host code, a given function uses the C runtime implementation if
                 available.




22                                                              CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface



4.3.3           Time Function
                clock_t clock();
                returns the value of a counter that is incremented every clock cycle.
                Sampling this counter at the beginning and at the end of a kernel, taking the
                difference of the two samples, and recording the result per thread provides a
                measure for each thread of the number of clock cycles taken by the device to
                completely execute the thread, but not of the number of clock cycles the device
                actually spent executing thread instructions. The former number is greater that the
                latter since threads are time sliced.


4.3.4           Texture Type
                Texture memory is exclusively accessed through texture references. A texture reference
                is bound to some region of memory, called texture, and defines a specific access
                mode for this texture. In particular, a texture reference has a dimensionality that
                specifies whether the texture it is bound to is addressed either as a one-dimensional
                array using one texture coordinate, or as a two-dimensional array using two texture
                coordinates. Elements of the array are called texels and the process of reading data
                from a texture via a texture reference using some input texture coordinates is called
                texture fetching.
                A texture reference is declared at file scope as a variable of type texture:
                texture<Type, Dim, ReadMode> texRef;
                where:
                  Type specifies the type of data that is returned when fetching the texture; Type
                  is restricted to the basic integer and floating-point types and any of the vector
                  types defined in Section 4.3.1.1;
                  Dim specifies the dimensionality of the texture reference and is equal to 1 or 2;
                  Dim is an optional argument which defaults to 1;
                  ReadMode is equal to cudaReadModeNormalizedFloat or
                  cudaReadModeElementType; if it is cudaReadModeNormalizedFloat
                  and Type is a 16-bit or 8-bit integer type, the value is actually returned as
                  floating-point type and the full range of the integer type is mapped to [0, 1];
                  for example, an unsigned 8-bit texture element with the value 0xff reads as 1; if it
                  is cudaReadModeElementType, no conversion is performed; ReadMode is
                  an optional argument which defaults to cudaReadModeElementType.
                The texture type is a structure with the following fields:
                   channelDesc which describes the format of the value that is returned when
                   fetching the texture; channelDesc is of the following type:
                   struct cudaChannelFormatDesc {
                     int x, y, z, w;
                     enum cudaChannelFormatKind f;
                   };
                   where x, y, z, and w are equal to the number of bits of each component of the
                   returned value and f is:
                         cudaChannelFormatKindSigned if these components are of signed
                         integer type,


CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                               23
Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface


                          cudaChannelFormatKindUnsigned if they are of unsigned integer
                          type,
                          cudaChannelFormatKindFloat if they are of floating point type;
                    normalized which specifies whether texture coordinates are normalized or
                     not; if it is non-zero, all elements in the texture are addressed with texture
                     coordinates in the range [0, 1] rather than in the range [0, width-1] or
                     [0, height-1], where width and height are the texture sizes;
                     addressMode which specifies the addressing mode, that is how out-of-range
                     texture coordinates are handled; addressMode is an array of size two whose
                     first and second elements specify the addressing mode for the first and second
                     texture coordinates, respectively; the addressing mode is equal to either
                     cudaAddressModeClamp, in which case out-of-range texture coordinates are
                     clamped to the valid range, or cudaAddressModeWrap, in which case out-of-
                     range texture coordinates are wrapped to the valid range;
                     cudaAddressModeWrap is only supported for normalized texture coordinates;
                     filterMode which specifies the filtering mode, that is how the value returned
                     when fetching the texture is computed based on the input texture coordinates;
                     filterMode is equal to cudaFilterModePoint or
                     cudaFilterModeLinear; if it is cudaFilterModePoint, the returned
                     value is the texel whose texture coordinates are the closest to the input texture
                     coordinates; if it is cudaFilterModeLinear, the returned value is the linear
                     interpolation of the two (for a one-dimensional texture) or four (for a
                     two-dimensional texture) texels whose texture coordinates are the closest to the
                     input texture coordinates; cudaFilterModeLinear is only valid for returned
                     values of floating-point type.
                 All these fields, but channelDesc, may be directly modified in host code.
                 A texture can be any region of linear memory or a CUDA array (see Section 4.5.1.2).
                 Textures allocated in linear memory can only be of dimensionality equal to 1 and
                 addressed using a non-normalized integer texture coordinate; they do not support
                 the linear filtering mode and the various addressing modes: Out-of-range texture
                 accesses return zero.
                 A texture is bound to a texture reference through host runtime functions (see
                 Sections 4.5.2.4 and 4.5.3.7). Several distinct texture references might be bound to
                 the same texture or to textures that overlap in memory. A texture reference needs to
                 be bound to some texture before it can be used by a kernel to read from the texture
                 using the functions described in Section 4.4.4. Note that reading from some texture
                 in linear memory while writing to it in the same kernel execution produces
                 undefined results.


4.4              Device Runtime Component
                 The device runtime component can only be used in device functions.


4.4.1            Mathematical Functions
                 For some of the functions of Table A-1, a less accurate, but faster version exists in
                 the device runtime component; it has the same name prefixed with __ (such as


24                                                              CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface



                __sin(x)). These functions are listed in Table A-2, along with their respective
                error bounds.
                The compiler has an option (-use_fast_math) to force every function to compile
                to its less accurate counterpart if it exists.


4.4.2           Synchronization Function
                void __syncthreads();
                synchronizes all threads in a block. Once all threads have reached this point,
                execution resumes normally.
                __syncthreads() is used to coordinate communication between the threads of a
                same block. When some threads within a block access the same addresses in shared
                or global memory, there are potential read-after-write, write-after-read, or write-
                after-write hazards for some of these memory accesses. These data hazards can be
                avoided by synchronizing threads in-between these accesses.
                __syncthreads() is allowed in conditional code but only if the conditional
                evaluates identically across the entire thread block, otherwise the code execution is
                likely to hang or produce unintended side effects.


4.4.3           Type Casting Functions
                float __int_as_float(int);
                performs a floating-point type cast on the integer argument, leaving the value
                unchanged. For example, __int_as_float(0xC0000000) is equal to -2.
                int __float_as_int(float);
                performs an integer type cast on the floating-point argument, leaving the value
                unchanged. For example, __float_as_int(1.0f) is equal to 0x3f800000.


4.4.4           Texture Functions
                template<class Type>
                Type
                texfetch(texture<Type, 1, ReadMode> texRef, float x);

                template<class Type>
                Type
                texfetch(texture<Type, 2, ReadMode> texRef, float x, float y);
                fetches the CUDA array bound to texture reference texRef using texture
                coordinates x and y.
                template<class Type>
                Type
                texfetch(texture<Type, 1, ReadMode> texRef, int x)
                fetches the linear memory bound to texture reference texRef using texture
                coordinate x.




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                25
Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface



4.5              Host Runtime Component
                 The host runtime component can only be used by host functions.
                 It provides functions to handle:
                      Device management,
                      Context management,
                      Memory management,
                      Code module management,
                      Execution control,
                      Texture reference management,
                      Interoperability with OpenGL and Direct3D.
                 It is composed of two APIs:
                    A low-level API called the CUDA driver API,
                    A higher-level API called the CUDA runtime API that is implemented on top of
                    the CUDA driver API.
                 These APIs are mutually exclusive: An application should use either one or the
                 other.
                 The CUDA runtime eases device code management by providing implicit
                 initialization, context management, and module management. The C host code
                 generated by nvcc is based on the CUDA runtime (see Section 4.2.5), so
                 applications that link to this code must use the CUDA runtime API.
                 In contrast, the CUDA driver API requires more code, is harder to program and
                 debug, but offers a better level of control and is language-independent since it only
                 deals with cubin objects (see Section 4.2.5). In particular, it is more difficult to
                 configure and launch kernels using the CUDA driver API, since the execution
                 configuration and kernel parameters must be specified with explicit function calls
                 instead of the execution configuration syntax described in Section 4.2.3. Also, device
                 emulation (see Section 4.5.2.5) does not work with the CUDA driver API.
                 The CUDA driver API is delivered through the cuda dynamic library and all its
                 entry points are prefixed with cu.
                 The CUDA runtime API is delivered through the cudart dynamic library and all
                 its entry points are prefixed with cuda.


4.5.1            Common Concepts
4.5.1.1          Device
                 Both APIs provide a way to enumerate the devices available on the system, query
                 their properties, and select one of them for kernel executions.
                 One property of a device is its compute capability defined as a major revision number
                 and a minor revision number. In this version of CUDA, the major revision number
                 is 1 and the minor revision number is 0.




26                                                             CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface



                By design, a host thread can execute device code on only one device. As a
                consequence, multiple host threads are required to execute device code on multiple
                devices.

4.5.1.2         Memory
                Device memory can be allocated either as linear memory or as CUDA arrays.
                Linear memory exists on the device in a 32-bit address space, so separately allocated
                entities can reference one another via pointers, for example, in a binary tree.
                CUDA arrays are opaque memory layouts optimized for texture fetching. They are
                one-dimensional or two-dimensional and composed of elements, each of which has
                1, 2 or 4 components that may be signed or unsigned 8-, 16- or 32-bit integers,
                16-bit floats (currently only supported through the driver API), or 32-bit floats.
                CUDA arrays are only readable by kernels through texture fetching and may only be
                bound to texture references with the same number of packed components.
                Both linear memory and CUDA arrays are only readable and writable by the host
                through the memory copy functions described in Sections 4.5.2.3 and 4.5.3.6.

4.5.1.3         OpenGL Interoperability
                OpenGL buffer objects may be mapped into the address space of CUDA, either to
                enable CUDA to read data written by OpenGL or to enable CUDA to write data
                for consumption by OpenGL.

4.5.1.4         Direct3D Interoperability
                Direct3D 9.0 vertex buffers may be mapped into the address space of CUDA, either
                to enable CUDA to read data written by Direct3D or to enable CUDA to write data
                for consumption by Direct3D.
                A CUDA context may interoperate with only one Direct3D device at a time,
                bracketed by calls to the begin/end functions described in Sections 4.5.2.6 and
                4.5.3.9.
                CUDA does not yet support:
                   Versions other than Direct3D 9.0,
                   Direct3D objects other than vertex buffers,
                   Mapping of more than one vertex buffers simultaneously.


4.5.2           Runtime API
4.5.2.1         Initialization
                There is no explicit initialization function for the runtime API; it initializes the first
                time a runtime function is called. One needs to keep this in mind when timing
                runtime function calls and when interpreting the error code from the first call into
                the runtime.

4.5.2.2         Device Management
                The functions from Section B.1 are used to manage the devices present in the
                system.




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                    27
Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface


                 cudaGetDeviceCount() and cudaGetDeviceProperties() provide a way
                 to enumerate these devices and retrieve their properties:
                 int deviceCount;
                 cudaGetDeviceCount(&deviceCount);
                 int device;
                 for (device = 0; device < deviceCount; ++device) {
                     cudaDeviceProp deviceProp;
                     cudaGetDeviceProperties(&deviceProp, device);
                 }
                 cudaSetDevice() is used to select the device associated to the host thread:
                 cudaSetDevice(device);
                 A device must be selected before any __global__ function or any function from
                 Appendix B is called. If this is not done by an explicit call to cudaSetDevice(),
                 device 0 is automatically selected and any subsequent explicit call to
                 cudaSetDevice() will have no effect.

4.5.2.3          Memory Management
                 The functions from Section B.2 are used to allocate and free device memory, access
                 the memory allocated for any variable declared in global memory space, and transfer
                 data between host and device memory.
                 Linear memory is allocated using cudaMalloc() or cudaMalloc2D() and freed
                 using cudaFree().
                 The following code sample allocates an array of 256 floating-point elements in linear
                 memory:
                 float* devPtr;
                 cudaMalloc((void**)&devPtr, 256);
                 cudaMalloc2D() is recommended for allocations of 2D arrays as it makes sure
                 that the allocation is appropriately padded to meet the alignment requirements
                 described in Section 6.1.2.1, therefore ensuring best performance when accessing
                 the row addresses or performing copies between arrays and other regions of device
                 memory. The returned pitch (or stride) must be used to access array elements. The
                 following code sample allocates a width×height 2D array of floating-point values
                 and shows how to loop over the array elements in device code:
                 // host code
                 float* devPtr;
                 int pitch;
                 cudaMalloc2D((void**)&devPtr, &pitch,
                               width * sizeof(float), height);
                 myKernel<<<100, 192>>>(devPtr);

                 // device code
                 __global__ void myKernel(float* devPtr)
                 {
                     for (int r = 0; r < height; ++r) {
                         float* row = (float*)((char*)devPtr + r * pitch);
                         for (int c = 0; c < width; ++c) {
                             float element = row[c];
                         }
                     }
                 }



28                                                             CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface



                CUDA arrays are allocated using cudaMallocArray() and freed using
                cudaFreeArray(). cudaMallocArray() requires a format description created
                using cudaCreateChannelDesc().
                The following code sample allocates a width×height CUDA array of one 32-bit
                floating-point component:
                cudaChannelFormatDesc channelDesc =
                   cudaCreateChannelDesc(32, 0, 0, 0, cudaChannelFormatKindFloat);
                cudaArray cuArray;
                cudaMallocArray(&cuArray, &channelDesc, width, height);
                cudaGetSymbolAddress() is used to retrieve the address pointing to the
                memory allocated for a variable declared in global memory space. The size of the
                allocated memory is obtained through cudaGetSymbolSize().
                Section B.2 lists all the various functions used to copy memory between linear
                memory allocated with cudaMalloc(), linear memory allocated with
                cudaMalloc2D(), CUDA arrays, and memory allocated for variables declared in
                global or constant memory space.
                The following code sample copies the 2D array to the CUDA array allocated in the
                previous code samples:
                cudaMemcpy2DToArray(&cuArray, 0, 0, devPtr, pitch, width, height,
                                    cudaMemcpyDeviceToDevice);
                The following code sample copies some host memory array to device memory:
                float data[256];
                int size = sizeof(data);
                float* devPtr;
                cudaMalloc((void**)&devPtr, size);
                cudaMemcpy((void**)&devPtr, data, size, cudaMemcpyHostToDevice);
                The following code sample copies some host memory array to constant memory:
                __constant__ float constData[256];
                float data[256];
                cudaMemcpyToSymbol(constData, data, sizeof(data));

4.5.2.4         Texture Reference Management
                The functions from Section B.3 are used to manage texture references.
                Before a kernel can use a texture reference to read from texture memory, the texture
                reference must be bound to a texture using cudaBindTexture() or
                cudaBindTextureToArray().
                The following code samples bind a texture reference to some linear memory pointed
                to by devPtr:
                   Using the low-level API:
                texture<float, 2, cudaReadModeElementType> texRef;
                textureReference* texRefPtr;
                cudaGetTextureReference(&texRefPtr, “texRef”);
                cudaChannelFormatDesc channelDesc =
                   cudaCreateChannelDesc(32, 0, 0, 0, cudaChannelFormatKindFloat);
                cudaBindTexture(texRefPtr, devPtr, &channelDesc, size, 0);
                   Using the high-level API:
                texture<float, 2, cudaReadModeElementType> texRef;



CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                               29
Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface


                 cudaBindTexture(texRef, devPtr, size, 0);
                 The following code samples bind a texture reference to a CUDA array cuArray:
                    Using the low-level API:
                 texture<float, 2, cudaReadModeElementType> texRef;
                 textureReference* texRefPtr;
                 cudaGetTextureReference(&texRefPtr, “texRef”);
                 cudaChannelFormatDesc channelDesc;
                 cudaGetChannelDesc(&channelDesc, &cuArray);
                 cudaBindTextureToArray(texRef, &cuArray, &channelDesc);
                    Using the high-level API:
                 texture<float, 2, cudaReadModeElementType> texRef;
                 cudaBindTexture(texRef, cuArray);
                 cudaBindTexture() is used to unbind a texture reference.

4.5.2.5          OpenGL Interoperability
                 The functions from Section B.5 are used to control interoperability with OpenGL.
                 A buffer object needs to be registered to CUDA before it can be mapped. This is
                 done with cudaGLRegisterBufferObject():
                 GLuint bufferObj;
                 cudaGLRegisterBufferObject(bufferObj);
                 Once it is registered, a buffer object can be read from or written to by kernels using
                 the device memory address returned by cudaGLMapBufferObject():
                 GLuint bufferObj;
                 float* devPtr;
                 cudaGLMapBufferObject((void**)&devPtr, bufferObj);
                 Unmapping is done with cudaGLUnmapBufferObject() and unregistering with
                 cudaGLUnregisterBufferObject().

4.5.2.6          Direct3D Interoperability
                 The functions from Section B.6 are used to control interoperability with Direct3D.
                 Interoperability with Direct3D must be initialized using cudaD3D9Begin() and
                 terminated using cudaD3D9End().
                 In between these calls, a vertex object needs to be registered to CUDA before it can
                 be mapped. This is done with cudaD3D9RegisterVertexBuffer():
                 LPDIRECT3DVERTEXBUFFER9 vertexBuffer;
                 cudaD3D9RegisterVertexBuffer(vertexBuffer);
                 Once it is registered, a vertex buffer can be read from or written to by kernels using
                 the device memory address returned by cudaD3D9MapVertexBuffer():
                 LPDIRECT3DVERTEXBUFFER9 vertexBuffer;
                 float* devPtr;
                 cudaD3D9MapVertexBuffer((void**)&devPtr, vertexBuffer);
                 Unmapping is done with cudaD3D9UnmapVertexBuffer().

4.5.2.7          Debugging using the Device Emulation Mode
                 The programming environment does not include any native debug support for code
                 that runs on the device, but comes with a device emulation mode for the purpose of
                 debugging. When compiling an application is this mode (using the -deviceemu


30                                                              CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface



                option), the device code is compiled for and runs on the host, allowing the
                developer to use the host’s native debugging support to debug the application as if it
                were a host application. The preprocessor macro __DEVICE_EMULATION__ is
                defined in this mode.
                When running an application in device emulation mode, the programming model is
                emulated by the runtime. For each thread in a thread block, the runtime creates a
                thread on the host. The developer needs to make sure that:
                   The host is able to run up to the maximum number of threads per block, plus
                   one for the master thread.
                   Enough memory is available to run all threads, knowing that each thread gets
                   256 KB of stack.
                Many features provided through the device emulation mode make it a very effective
                debugging tool:
                   By using the host’s native debugging support developers can use all features that
                   the debugger supports, like setting breakpoints and inspecting data.
                   Since device code is compiled to run on the host, the code can be augmented
                   with code that cannot run on the device, like input and output operations to files
                   or to the screen (printf(), etc.).
                   Since all data resides on the host, any device- or host-specific data can be read
                   from either device or host code; similarly, any device or host function can be
                   called from either device or host code.
                   In case of incorrect usage of the synchronization intrinsic, the runtime detects
                   dead lock situations.
                Developers must keep in mind that device emulation mode is emulating the device,
                not simulating it. Therefore, device emulation mode is very useful in finding
                algorithmic errors, but certain errors are hard to find:
                   When a memory location is accessed in multiple threads within the grid at
                   potentially the same time, the results when running in device emulation mode
                   potentially differ from the results when running on the device, since in emulation
                   mode threads execute sequentially.
                   When dereferencing a pointer to global memory on the host or a pointer to host
                   memory on the device, device execution almost certainly fails in some undefined
                   way, whereas device emulation can produce correct results.
                   Most of the time the same floating-point computation will not produce exactly
                   the same result when performed on the device as when performed on the host in
                   device emulation mode. This is expected since in general, all you need to get
                   different results for the same floating-point computation are slightly different
                   compiler options, let alone different compilers, different instruction sets, or
                   different architectures.
                   In particular, some host platforms store intermediate results of single-precision
                   floating-point calculations in extended precision registers, potentially resulting in
                   significant differences in accuracy when running in device emulation mode.
                   When this occurs, developers can try any of the following methods, none of
                   which is guaranteed to work:
                         Declare some floating-point variables as volatile to force single-precision
                         storage;
                         Use the –ffloat-store compiler option of gcc,


CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                31
Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface


                            Use the /Op or /fp compiler options of the Visual C++ compiler,
                            Use _FPU_GETCW() and _FPU_SETCW() on Linux or _controlfp()
                            on Windows to force single-precision floating-point computation for a
                            portion of the code by surrounding it with
                            unsigned int originalCW;
                            _FPU_GETCW(originalCW);
                            unsigned int cw = (originalCW & ~0x300) | 0x000;
                            _FPU_SETCW(cw);
                            or
                            unsigned int originalCW = _controlfp(0, 0);
                            _controlfp(_PC_24, _MCW_PC);
                            at the beginning, to store the current value of the control word and change
                            it to force the mantissa to be stored in 24 bits using, and with
                            _FPU_SETCW(originalCW);

                            or
                            _controlfp(originalCW, 0xfffff);

                            at the end, to restore the original control word.
                    Unlike the GeForce 8800 Series and Quadro FX 5600/4600 (see Section 5.2),
                    host platforms also usually support denormalized numbers. This can lead to
                    dramatically different results between device emulation and device execution
                    modes since some computation might produce a finite result in one case and an
                    infinite result in the other.


4.5.3            Driver API
                 The driver API is a handle-based, imperative API: Most objects are referenced by
                 opaque handles that may be specified to functions to manipulate the objects.
                 The objects available in CUDA are summarized in Table 4-1.

                 Table 4-1. Objects Available in the CUDA Driver API
                   Object                Handle        Description
                   Device                CUdevice      CUDA-capable device
                   Context               N/A           Roughly equivalent to a CPU process
                   Module                CUmodule      Roughly equivalent to a dynamic library
                   Function              CUfunction    Kernel
                   Heap memory           CUdeviceptr   Pointer to device memory
                   CUDA array            CUarray       Opaque container for 1D or 2D data on the device,
                                                       readable via texture references
                   Texture reference     CUtexref      Object that describes how to interpret texture memory data


4.5.3.1          Initialization
                 Initialization with cuInit() is required before any function from Appendix C is
                 called (see Section C.1).




32                                                                  CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface



4.5.3.2         Device Management
                The functions from Section C.2 are used to manage the devices present in the
                system.
                cuDeviceGetCount() and cuDeviceGet() provide a way to enumerate these
                devices and other functions from Section C.2 to retrieve their properties:
                int deviceCount;
                cuDeviceGetCount(&deviceCount);
                int device;
                for (int device = 0; device < deviceCount; ++device) {
                    CUdevice cuDevice;
                    cuDeviceGet(&cuDevice, device);
                    int major, minor;
                    cuDeviceComputeCapability(&major, &minor, cuDevice);
                }

4.5.3.3         Context Management
                The functions from Section C.3 are used to create, attach, and detach CUDA
                contexts.
                A CUDA context is analogous to a CPU process. All resources and actions
                performed within the compute API are encapsulated inside a CUDA context, and
                the system automatically cleans up these resources when the context is destroyed.
                Besides objects such as modules and texture references, each context has its own
                distinct 32-bit address space. As a result, CUdeviceptr values from different
                CUDA contexts reference different memory locations.
                Contexts have a one-to-one correspondence with host threads. A host thread may
                have only one device context current at a time. For this reason, device contexts are
                not explicitly referenced by handle. When a context is created with
                cuCtxCreate(), it is made current to the calling host thread and its thread
                affiliation cannot be changed.
                CUDA functions that operate in a context (most functions that do not involve
                device enumeration or context management) will return
                CUDA_ERROR_INVALID_CONTEXT if a valid context is not current to the thread.
                To facilitate interoperability between third party authored code operating in the
                same context, the driver API maintains a usage count that is incremented by each
                distinct client of a given context. For example, if three libraries are loaded to use the
                same CUDA context, each library must call cuCtxAttach() to increment the
                usage count and cuCtxDetach() to decrement the usage count when the library is
                done using the context. The context is destroyed when the usage count goes to 0.
                For most libraries, it is expected that the application will have created a CUDA
                context before loading or initializing the library; that way, the application can create
                the context using its own heuristics, and the library simply operates on the context
                handed to it.

4.5.3.4         Module Management
                The functions from Section C.4 are used to load and unload modules and to retrieve
                handles or pointers to variables or functions defined in the module.
                Modules are dynamically loadable packages of device code and data, akin to DLLs in
                Windows, that are output by nvcc (see Section 4.2.5). The names for all symbols,


CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                 33
Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface


                 including functions, global variables, and texture references, are maintained at
                 module scope so that modules written by independent third parties may interoperate
                 in the same CUDA context.
                 This code sample loads a module and retrieves a handle to some kernel:
                 CUmodule cuModule;
                 cuModuleLoad(&cuModule, “myModule.cubin”);
                 CUfunction cuFunction;
                 cuModuleGetFunction(&cuFunction, cuModule, “myKernel”);

4.5.3.5          Execution Control
                 The functions described in Section C.5 manage the execution of a kernel on the
                 device. cuFuncSetBlockShape() sets the number of threads per block for a
                 given function, and how their threadIDs are assigned. cuFuncSetSharedSize()
                 sets the size of shared memory for the function. The cuParam*() family of
                 functions is used specify the parameters that will be provided to the kernel the next
                 time cuLaunchGrid() or cuLaunch() is invoked to launch the kernel:
                 cuFuncSetBlockShape(cuFunction, blockWidth, blockHeight, 1);
                 int offset = 0;
                 int i;
                 cuParamSeti(cuFunction, offset, i);
                 offset += sizeof(i);
                 float f;
                 cuParamSetf(cuFunction, offset, f);
                 offset += sizeof(f);
                 char data[256];
                 cuParamSetv(cuFunction, offset, (void*)data, sizeof(data));
                 offset += sizeof(data);
                 cuParamSetSize(cuFunction, offset);
                 cuFuncSetSharedSize(cuFunction, numElements * sizeof(float));
                 cuLaunchGrid(cuFunction, gridWidth, gridHeight);

4.5.3.6          Memory Management
                 The functions from Section C.6 are used to allocate and free device memory and
                 transfer data between host and device memory.
                 Linear memory is allocated using cuMemAlloc() or cuMemAlloc2D() and freed
                 using cuMemFree().
                 The following code sample allocates an array of 256 floating-point elements in linear
                 memory:
                 CUdeviceptr devPtr;
                 cuMemAlloc((void**)&devPtr, 256);
                 cuMemAlloc2D() is recommended for allocations of 2D arrays as it makes sure
                 that the allocation is appropriately padded to meet the alignment requirements
                 described in Section 6.1.2.1, therefore ensuring best performance when accessing
                 the row addresses or performing copies between arrays and other regions of device
                 memory. The returned pitch (or stride) must be used to access array elements. The
                 following code sample allocates a width×height 2D array of floating-point values
                 and shows how to loop over the array elements in device code:
                 // host code
                 CUdeviceptr devPtr;
                 int pitch;



34                                                             CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface


                cuMemAlloc2D(&devPtr, &pitch,
                             width * sizeof(float), height, 4);
                cuModuleGetFunction(&cuFunction, cuModule, “myKernel”);
                cuFuncSetBlockShape(cuFunction, 192, 1, 1);
                cuParamSeti(cuFunction, 0, devPtr);
                cuParamSetSize(cuFunction, sizeof(devPtr));
                cuLaunchGrid(cuFunction, 100, 1);

                // device code
                __global__ void myKernel(float* devPtr)
                {
                    for (int r = 0; r < height; ++r) {
                        float* row = (float*)((char*)devPtr + r * pitch);
                        for (int c = 0; c < width; ++c) {
                            float element = row[c];
                        }
                    }
                }
                CUDA arrays are created using cuArrayCreate() and destroyed using
                cudaArrayDestroy().
                The following code sample allocates a width×height CUDA array of one 32-bit
                floating-point component:
                CUDA_ARRAY_DESCRIPTOR desc;
                desc.Format = CU_AD_FORMAT_FLOAT;
                desc.NumPackedComponents = 1;
                desc.Width = width;
                desc.Height = height;
                CUarray cuArray;
                cuArrayCreate(&cuArray, &desc);
                Section C.6 lists all the various functions used to copy memory between linear
                memory allocated with cuMemAlloc(), linear memory allocated with
                cuMemAlloc2D(), and CUDA arrays. The following code sample copies the 2D
                array to the CUDA array allocated in the previous code samples:
                CUDA_MEMCPY2D copyParam;
                memset(&copyParam, 0, sizeof(copyParam));
                copyParam.dstMemoryType = CU_MEMORYTYPE_ARRAY;
                copyParam.dstArray = cuArray;
                copyParam.srcMemoryType = CU_MEMORYTYPE_DEVICE;
                copyParam.srcDevice = devPtr;
                copyParam.srcPitch = pitch;
                copyParam.WidthInBytes = width * sizeof(float);
                copyParam.Height = height;
                cuMemcpy2D(&copyParam);
                The following code sample copies some host memory array to device memory:
                float data[256];
                int size = sizeof(data);
                CUdeviceptr devPtr;
                cudaMalloc((void**)&devPtr, size);
                cuMemcpyStoD(devPtr, data, size);
                Finally, cuMemAllocSystem()from Section C.6.4 and cuMemFreeSystem()
                from Section C.6.5 can be used to allocate and free page-locked host memory. The
                bandwidth between host memory and device memory is higher for page-locked host



CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                           35
Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface


                 memory than for regular pageable memory allocated using malloc(). However,
                 page-locked memory is a scarce resource, so allocations in page-locked memory will
                 start failing long before allocations in pageable memory. In addition, by reducing the
                 amount of physical memory available to the operating system for paging, allocating
                 too much page-locked memory reduces overall system performance.
                 cuMemAllocSystem()and cuMemFreeSystem() can be used with the runtime
                 API.

4.5.3.7          Texture Reference Management
                 The functions from Section C.7 are used to manage texture references.
                 Before a kernel can use a texture reference to read from texture memory, the texture
                 reference must be bound to a texture using cuTexRefSetAddress() or
                 cuTexRefSetArray().
                 The following code samples bind a texture reference to some linear memory pointed
                 to by devPtr:
                 texture<float, 2, cudaReadModeElementType> texRef;
                 CUtexref cuTexRef;
                 cuModuleGetTexRef(&cuTexRef, cuModule, “texRef”);
                 cuTexRefSetAddress(cuTexRef, devPtr, size);
                 The following code samples bind a texture reference to a CUDA array cuArray:
                 texture<float, 2, cudaReadModeElementType> texRef;
                 CUtexref cuTexRef;
                 cuModuleGetTexRef(&cuTexRef, cuModule, “texRef”);
                 cuTexRefSetArray(cuTexRef, cuArray, CU_TRSA_OVERRIDE_FORMAT);
                 Section C.7 lists various functions used to set address mode, filter mode, format,
                 and other flags for some texture reference.

4.5.3.8          OpenGL Interoperability
                 The functions from Section C.8 are used to control interoperability with OpenGL.
                 Interoperability with OpenGL must be initialized using cuGLInit().
                 A buffer object needs to be registered to CUDA before it can be mapped. This is
                 done with cuGLRegisterBufferObject():
                 GLuint bufferObj;
                 cuGLRegisterBufferObject(bufferObj);
                 Once it is registered, a buffer object can be read from or written to by kernels using
                 the device memory address returned by cuGLMapBufferObject():
                 GLuint bufferObj;
                 CUdeviceptr devPtr;
                 int size;
                 cuGLMapBufferObject(&devPtr, &size, bufferObj);
                 Unmapping is done with cuGLUnmapBufferObject() and unregistering with
                 cuGLUnregisterBufferObject().

4.5.3.9          Direct3D Interoperability
                 The functions from Section B.6 are used to control interoperability with Direct3D.
                 Interoperability with Direct3D must be initialized using cuD3D9Begin() and
                 terminated using cuD3D9End().


36                                                              CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface



                In between these calls, a vertex object needs to be registered to CUDA before it can
                be mapped. This is done with cuD3D9RegisterVertexBuffer():
                LPDIRECT3DVERTEXBUFFER9 vertexBuffer;
                cuD3D9RegisterVertexBuffer(vertexBuffer);
                Once it is registered, a vertex buffer can be read from or written to by kernels using
                the device memory address returned by cuD3D9MapVertexBuffer():
                LPDIRECT3DVERTEXBUFFER9 vertexBuffer;
                CUdeviceptr devPtr;
                int size;
                cuD3D9MapVertexBuffer(&devPtr, &size, vertexBuffer);
                Unmapping is done with cuD3D9UnmapVertexBuffer().




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                               37
Nvidia cuda programming_guide_0.8.2
Chapter 5.
                                         GeForce 8800 Series and
                                           Quadro FX 5600/4600
                                           Technical Specification



5.1             General Specification
                The GeForce 8800 Series and Quadro FX 5600/4600 have the following
                characteristics:

                                           Number of            Clock         Amount of
                                         multiprocessors     frequency      device memory
                                                               (GHz)             (MB)
                  GeForce 8800 GTX              16               1.35             768
                  GeForce 8800 GTS              12               1.2              640
                  Quadro FX 5600                16               1.35            1500
                  Quadro FX 4600                12               1.2              768



                   The maximum number of threads per block is 512;
                   The maximum size of each dimension of a grid of thread blocks is 65535;
                   The warp size is 32 threads;
                   The number of registers per multiprocessor is 8192;
                   The amount of shared memory available per multiprocessor is 16 KB divided
                   into 16 banks (see Section 6.1.2.4);
                   The amount of constant memory available is 64 KB with a cache working set of
                   8 KB per multiprocessor;
                   The cache working set for 1D textures is 8 KB per multiprocessor;
                   The maximum number of blocks that can run concurrently on a multiprocessor
                   is 8;
                   The maximum number of warps that can run concurrently on a multiprocessor is
                   24;
                   The maximum number of threads that can run concurrently on a multiprocessor
                   is 768;


CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                        39
Chapter 5. GeForce 8800 Series and Quadro FX 5600/4600 Technical Specification


                    For a texture reference bound to a CUDA array, the maximum width is 216 and
                    the maximum height is 215;
                    For a texture reference bound to linear memory, the maximum width is 227;
                    Texture filtering weights are stored in 9-bit fixed point format with 8 bits of
                    fractional value.
                 Each multiprocessor is composed of eight processors, so that a multiprocessor is
                 able to process the 32 threads of a warp in four clock cycles.
                 The use of multiple GPUs as CUDA devices by an application running on a multi-
                 GPU system is only guaranteed to work if theses GPUs are of the same type. If the
                 system is in SLI or QUAD mode however, only one GPU can be used as a CUDA
                 device since all the GPUs are fused at the lowest levels in the driver stack. SLI or
                 QUAD mode needs to be turned off in the control panel for CUDA to be able to
                 see each GPU as separate devices.


5.2              Floating-Point Standard
                 The GeForce 8800 Series and Quadro FX 5600/4600 follow the IEEE-754
                 standard for single-precision binary floating-point arithmetic with the following
                 deviations:
                     Addition and multiplication are often combined into a single multiply-add
                     instruction (FMAD);
                     Division is implemented via the reciprocal in a non-standard-compliant way;
                     Square root is implemented via the reciprocal square root in a non-standard-
                     compliant way;
                     For addition and multiplication, only round-to-nearest-even and
                     round-towards-zero are supported via static rounding modes; directed rounding
                     towards +/- infinity is not supported;
                     There is no dynamically configurable rounding mode;
                     Denormalized numbers are not supported; floating-point arithmetic and
                     comparison instructions convert denormalized operands to zero prior to the
                     floating-point operation;
                     Underflowed results are flushed to zero;
                     There is no mechanism for detecting that a floating-point exception has occurred
                     and floating-point exceptions are always masked, but when an exception occurs
                     the masked response is standard compliant;
                     Signaling NaNs are not supported.
                     The result of an operation involving one or more input NaNs is not one of the
                     input NaNs, but a canonical NaN of bit pattern 0x7fffffff. Note that in
                     accordance to the IEEE-754R standard, if one of the input parameters to min()
                     or max() is NaN, but not the other, the result is the non-NaN parameter.
                 The conversion of a floating-point value to an integer value in the case where the
                 floating-point value falls outside the range of the integer format is left undefined by
                 IEEE-754. For the GeForce 8800 Series and Quadro FX 5600/4600, the behavior
                 is to clamp to the end of the supported range. This is unlike the x86 architecture
                 behaves.



40                                                              CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                41
Nvidia cuda programming_guide_0.8.2
Chapter 6.
                                               Performance Guidelines



6.1             Instruction Performance
                To process an instruction for a warp of threads, a multiprocessor must:
                   Read the instruction operands for each thread of the warp,
                   Execute the instruction,
                   Write the result for each thread of the warp.
                Therefore, the effective instruction throughput depends on the nominal instruction
                throughput as well as the memory latency and bandwidth. It is maximized by:
                   Minimizing the use of instructions with low throughput (see Section 6.1.1),
                   Maximizing the use of the available memory bandwidth for each category of
                   memory (see Section 6.1.2),
                   Allowing the thread scheduler to overlap memory transactions with
                   mathematical computations as much as possible, which requires that:
                       The program executed by the threads is of high arithmetic intensity, that is,
                       has a high number of arithmetic operations per memory operation;
                       There are many threads that can be run concurrently as detailed in
                       Section 6.2.


6.1.1           Instruction Throughput
6.1.1.1         Arithmetic Instructions
                To issue one instruction for a warp, a multiprocessor takes:
                    4 clock cycles for floating-point add, floating-point multiply, floating-point
                    multiply-add, integer add, bitwise operations, compare, min, max, type
                    conversion instruction;
                    16 clock cycles for reciprocal, reciprocal square root, __log(x) (see Table A-2).
                32-bit integer multiplication takes 16 clock cycles, but __mul24 and __umul24
                (see Appendix A) provide signed and unsigned 24-bit integer multiplication in 4
                clock cycles. Integer division and modulo operation are particularly costly and
                should be avoided if possible or replaced with bitwise operations whenever possible:
                If n is a power of 2, (i/n) is equivalent to (i>>log2(n)) and (i%n) is


CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                              43
Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines


                 equivalent to (i&(n-1)); the compiler will perform these conversions if n is
                 literal.
                 Other functions take more clock cycles as they are implemented as combinations of
                 several instructions.
                 Floating-point square root is implemented as a reciprocal square root followed by a
                 reciprocal, so it takes 32 clock cycles for a warp.
                 Floating-point division takes 36 clock cycles, but __fdividef(x, y) provides a
                 faster version at 20 clock cycles (see Appendix A).
                 __sin(x), __cos(x), __exp(x) take 32 clock cycles.
                 Sometimes, the compiler must insert conversion instructions, introducing additional
                 execution cycles. This is the case for:
                   Functions operating on char or short whose operands generally need to be
                   converted to int,
                   Double-precision floating-point constants (defined without any type suffix) used
                   as input to single-precision floating-point computations,
                   Single-precision floating-point variables used as input parameters to the double-
                   precision version of the mathematical functions defined in Table A-1.
                 The two last cases can be avoided by using:
                    Single-precision floating-point constants, defined with an f suffix such as
                    3.141592653589793f, 1.0f, 0.5f,
                    The single-precision version of the mathematical functions, defined with an f
                    suffix as well, such as sinf(), logf(), expf().
                 For single precision code, we highly recommend use of the single precision math
                 functions. When compiling for devices without native double precision support, the
                 double precision math functions are by default mapped to their single precision
                 equivalents. However, on those future devices that will support double precision,
                 these functions will map to double precision implementations.

6.1.1.2          Control Flow Instructions
                 Any flow control instruction (if, switch, do, for, while) can significantly
                 impact the effective instruction throughput by causing threads of the same warp to
                 diverge, that is, to follow different execution paths. If this happens, the different
                 executions paths have to be serialized, increasing the total number of instructions
                 executed for this warp. When all the different execution paths have completed, the
                 threads converge back to the same execution path.
                 To obtain best performance in cases where the control flow depends on the thread
                 ID, the controlling condition should be written so as to minimize the number of
                 divergent warps. This is possible because the distribution of the warps across the
                 block is deterministic as mentioned in Section 3.2. A trivial example is when the
                 controlling condition only depends on (threadIdx / WSIZE) where WSIZE is
                 the warp size. In this case, no warp diverges since the controlling condition is
                 perfectly aligned with the warps.
                 Sometimes, the compiler may unroll loops or it may optimize out if or switch
                 statements by using branch predication instead, as detailed below. In these cases, no
                 warp can ever diverge.



44                                                              CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines



                When using branch predication none of the instructions whose execution depends
                on the controlling condition gets skipped. Instead, each of them is associated with a
                per-thread condition code or predicate that is set to true or false based on the
                controlling condition and although each of these instructions gets scheduled for
                execution, only the instructions with a true predicate are actually executed.
                Instructions with a false predicate do not write results, and also do not evaluate
                addresses or read operands.
                The compiler replaces a branch instruction with predicated instructions only if the
                number of instructions controlled by the branch condition is less or equal to a
                certain threshold: If the compiler determines that the condition is likely to produce
                many divergent warps, this threshold is 7, otherwise it is 4.

6.1.1.3         Memory Instructions
                Memory instructions include any instruction that reads from or writes to shared or
                global memory. A multiprocessor takes 4 clock cycles to issue one memory
                instruction for a warp. When accessing global memory, there are, in addition, 400 to
                600 clock cycles of memory latency.
                As an example, the assignment operator in the following sample code:
                __shared__ float shared[32];
                __device__ float device[32];
                shared[threadIdx.x] = device[threadIdx.x];
                takes 4 clock cycles to issue a read from global memory, 4 clock cycles to issue a
                write to shared memory, but above all 400 to 600 clock cycles to read a float from
                global memory.
                Much of this global memory latency can be hidden by the thread scheduler if there
                are sufficient independent arithmetic instructions that can be issued while waiting
                for the global memory access to complete.

6.1.1.4         Synchronization Instruction
                __syncthreads takes 4 clock cycles to issue for a warp if no thread has to wait
                for any other threads.


6.1.2           Memory Bandwidth
                The effective bandwidth of each memory space depends significantly on the
                memory access pattern as detailed in the following sub-sections.
                Since device memory is of much higher latency and lower bandwidth than on-chip
                memory, device memory accesses should be minimized. A typical programming
                pattern is to stage data coming from device memory into shared memory; in other
                words, to have each thread of a block:
                   Load data from device memory to shared memory,
                   Synchronize with all the other threads of the block so that each thread can safely
                   read shared memory locations that were written by different threads,
                   Process the data in shared memory,
                   Synchronize again if necessary to make sure that shared memory has been
                   updated with the results,
                   Write the results back to device memory.


CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                               45
Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines



6.1.2.1          Global Memory
                 The global memory space is not cached, so it is all the more important to follow the
                 right access pattern to get maximum memory bandwidth, especially given how
                 costly accesses to device memory are.
                 First, the device is capable of reading 32-bit, 64-bit, or 128-bit words from global
                 memory into registers in a single instruction. To have assignments such as:
                 __device__ type device[32];
                 type data = device[tid];
                 compile to a single load instruction, type must be such that sizeof(type) is
                 equal to 4, 8, or 16 and variables of type type must be aligned to 4, 8, or 16 bytes
                 (that is, have the 2, 3, or 4 least significant bits of their address equal to zero).
                 The alignment requirement is automatically fulfilled for built-in types of
                 Section 4.3.1.1 like float2 or float4.
                 For structures, the size and alignment requirements can be enforced by the compiler
                 using the alignment specifiers __align__(8) or __align__(16), such as
                 struct __align(8)__ {
                     float a;
                     float b;
                 };
                 or
                 struct __align(16)__ {
                     float a;
                     float b;
                     float c;
                     float d;
                 };
                 For structures larger than 16 bytes, the compiler generates several load instructions.
                 To ensure that it generates the minimum number of instructions, such structures
                 should be defined with __align__(16) , such as
                 struct __align(16)__ {
                     float a;
                     float b;
                     float c;
                     float d;
                     float e;
                 };
                 which is compiled into two 128-bit load instructions instead of five 32-bit load
                 instructions.
                 Second, the global memory addresses simultaneously accessed by each thread of a
                 half-warp during the execution of a single read or write instruction should be
                 arranged so that the memory accesses can be coalesced into a single contiguous,
                 aligned memory access.
                 More precisely, in each half-warp, thread number N within the half-warp should
                 access address
                      HalfWarpBaseAddress + N
                 where HalfWarpBaseAddress is of type type* and type is such that it meets
                 the size and alignment requirements discussed above. Moreover,


46                                                              CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines



                HalfWarpBaseAddress should be aligned to 16*sizeof(type) bytes; in other
                words, it should have its log2(16*sizeof(type)) least significant bits equal to
                zero. Any address BaseAddress of a variable residing in global memory or
                returned by one of the memory allocation routines from Sections B.2 or C.6 is
                always aligned to at least 256 bytes, so to satisfy the memory alignment constraint,
                HalfWarpBaseAddress-BaseAddress should be a multiple of
                16*sizeof(type).
                Note that if a half-warp fulfills all the requirements above, the per-thread memory
                accesses are coalesced even if some threads of the half-warp do not actually access
                memory.
                We recommend fulfilling the coalescing requirements for the entire warp as
                opposed to only each of its halves separately because future devices will necessitate
                it for proper coalescing.
                A common global memory access pattern is when each thread of index (tx,ty)
                accesses one element of a 2D array located at address BaseAddress of type
                type* and of width width using the following address:
                     BaseAddress + width * ty + tx
                In such a case, one gets memory coalescing for all half-warps of the thread block
                only if:
                   The width of the thread block is a multiple of half the warp size;
                   width is a multiple of 16.
                In particular, this means that an array whose width is not a multiple of 16 will be
                accessed much more efficiently if it is actually allocated with a width rounded up to
                the closest multiple of 16 and its rows padded accordingly.
                The cuMemAlloc2D() and cudaMalloc2D() functions and associated memory
                copy functions described in Sections B.2 and C.6 enable developers to write non-
                hardware-dependent code to allocate arrays that conform to these constraints.

6.1.2.2         Constant Memory
                The constant memory space is cached so a read from constant memory costs one
                memory read from device memory only on a cache miss, otherwise it just costs one
                read from the constant cache.
                For all threads of a half-warp, reading from the constant cache is as fast as reading
                from a register as long as all threads read the same address. The cost scales linearly
                with the number of different addresses read by all threads. We recommend having
                all threads of the entire warp read the same address as opposed to all threads within
                each of its halves only, as future devices will require it for full speed read.

6.1.2.3         Texture Memory
                The texture memory space is cached so a texture fetch costs one memory read from
                device memory only on a cache miss, otherwise it just costs one read from the
                texture cache.
                The texture cache is optimized for 2D spatial locality, so threads of the same warp
                that read texture addresses that are close together will achieve best performance.
                Device memory reads through texture fetching present several advantages over
                reads from global or constant memory:


CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                47
Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines


                     They are cached,
                     They are not subject to the constraints on memory access patterns that global or
                     constant memory reads must respect to get good performance (see
                     Sections 6.1.2.1 and 6.1.2.2);
                     The latency of addressing calculations is hidden better, possibly improving
                     performance for applications that perform random accesses to the data;
                     Packed data may be broadcast to separate variables in a single operation;
                     8-bit and 16-bit integer input data may be optionally converted to 32-bit floating-
                     point values in the range [0, 1].
                 If the texture is a CUDA array (see Section 4.3.4), there are other advantages:
                    There are several addressing modes available for edge cases;
                    They can be optionally filtered.

6.1.2.4          Shared Memory
                 Because it is on-chip, the shared memory space is much faster than the local and
                 global memory spaces. In fact, for all threads of a warp, accessing the shared
                 memory is as fast as accessing a register as long as there are no bank conflicts
                 between the threads, as detailed below.
                 To achieve high memory bandwidth, shared memory is divided into equally-sized
                 memory modules, called banks, which can be accessed simultaneously. So, any
                 memory read or write request made of n addresses that fall in n distinct memory
                 banks can be serviced simultaneously, yielding an effective bandwidth that is n times
                 as high as the bandwidth of a single module.
                 However, if two addresses of a memory request fall in the same memory bank, there
                 is a bank conflict and the access has to be serialized. The hardware splits a memory
                 request with bank conflicts into as many separate conflict-free requests as necessary,
                 decreasing the effective bandwidth by a factor equal to the number of separate
                 memory requests. If the number of separate memory requests is n, the initial
                 memory request is said to cause n-way bank conflicts.
                 To get maximum performance, it is therefore important to understand how memory
                 addresses map to memory banks in order to schedule the memory requests so as to
                 minimize bank conflicts.
                 In the case of the shared memory space, the banks are organized such that
                 successive 32-bit words are assigned to successive banks and each bank has a
                 bandwidth of 32 bits per two clock cycles.
                 For the GeForce 8800 Series and Quadro FX 5600/4600, the warp size is 32 and
                 the number of banks is 16 (see Section 5.1); a shared memory request for a warp is
                 split into one request for the first half of the warp and one request for the second
                 half of the warp. As a consequence, there can be no bank conflict between a thread
                 belonging to the first half of a warp and a thread belonging to the second half of the
                 same warp.
                 A common case is for each thread to access a 32-bit word from an array indexed by
                 the thread ID tid and with some stride s:
                 __shared__ float shared[32];
                 float data = shared[BaseIndex + s * tid];




48                                                              CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines



                In this case, the threads tid and tid+n access the same bank whenever s*n is a
                multiple of the number of banks m or equivalently, whenever n is a multiple of m/d
                where d is the greatest common divisor of m and s. As a consequence, there will be
                no bank conflict only if half the warp size is less than or equal to m/d. For the
                GeForce 8800 Series and Quadro FX 5600/4600, this translates to no bank conflict
                only if d is equal to 1, or in other words, only if s is odd since m is a power of two.
                Figure 6-1 and Figure 6-2 show some examples of conflict-free memory accesses
                while Figure 6-3 shows some examples of memory accesses that cause bank
                conflicts.
                Other cases worth mentioning are when each thread accesses an element that is
                smaller or larger than 32 bits in size. For example, there will be bank conflicts if an
                array of char is accessed the following way:
                __shared__ char shared[32];
                char data = shared[BaseIndex + tid];
                because shared[0], shared[1], shared[2], and shared[3], for example,
                belong to the same bank. There will not be any bank conflict however, if the same
                array is accessed the following way:
                char data = shared[BaseIndex + 4 * tid];
                A structure assignment is compiled into as many memory requests as there are
                members in the structure, so the following code, for example:
                __shared__ struct type shared[32];
                struct type data = shared[BaseIndex + tid];
                results in:
                   Three separate memory reads without bank conflicts if type is defined as
                   struct type {
                       float x, y, z;
                   };
                   since each member is accessed with a stride of three 32-bit words;
                   Two separate memory reads with bank conflicts if type is defined as
                   struct type {
                       float x, y;
                   };
                   since each member is accessed with a stride of two 32-bit words;
                   Two separate memory reads with bank conflicts if type is defined as
                   struct type {
                       float f;
                       char c;
                   };
                   since each member is accessed with a stride of five bytes.
                Finally, shared memory also features a broadcast mechanism whereby a 32-bit word
                can be read and broadcast to several threads simultaneously when servicing one
                memory read request. This reduces the number of bank conflicts when several
                threads of a half-warp read from an address within the same 32-bit word. More
                precisely, a memory read request made of several addresses is serviced in several
                steps over time – one step every two clock cycles – by servicing one conflict-free
                subset of these addresses per step until all addresses have been serviced; at each



CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                 49
Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines


                 step, the subset is built from the remaining addresses that have yet to be serviced
                 using the following procedure:
                    Select one of the words pointed to by the remaining addresses as the broadcast
                    word,
                    Include in the subset:
                       All addresses that are within the broadcast word,
                       One address for each bank pointed to by the remaining addresses.
                 Which word is selected as the broadcast word and which address is picked up for
                 each bank at each cycle are unspecified.
                 A common conflict-free case is when all threads of a half-warp read from an address
                 within the same 32-bit word.
                 Figure 6-4 shows some examples of memory read accesses that involve the
                 broadcast mechanism.




50                                                              CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines




                  Thread 0                       Bank 0                     Thread 0                Bank 0



                  Thread 1                       Bank 1                     Thread 1                Bank 1



                  Thread 2                       Bank 2                     Thread 2                Bank 2



                  Thread 3                       Bank 3                     Thread 3                Bank 3



                  Thread 4                       Bank 4                     Thread 4                Bank 4



                  Thread 5                       Bank 5                     Thread 5                Bank 5



                  Thread 6                       Bank 6                     Thread 6                Bank 6



                  Thread 7                       Bank 7                     Thread 7                Bank 7



                  Thread 8                       Bank 8                     Thread 8                Bank 8



                  Thread 9                       Bank 9                     Thread 9                Bank 9



                 Thread 10                      Bank 10                     Thread 10               Bank 10



                 Thread 11                      Bank 11                     Thread 11               Bank 11



                 Thread 12                      Bank 12                     Thread 12               Bank 12



                 Thread 13                      Bank 13                     Thread 13               Bank 13



                 Thread 14                      Bank 14                     Thread 14               Bank 14



                 Thread 15                      Bank 15                     Thread 15               Bank 15




                Left: linear addressing with a stride of one 32-bit word.
                Right: random permutation.


                Figure 6-1.           Examples of Shared Memory Access Patterns
                                      without Bank Conflicts


CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                          51
Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines




                   Thread 0                      Bank 0



                   Thread 1                      Bank 1



                   Thread 2                      Bank 2



                   Thread 3                      Bank 3



                   Thread 4                      Bank 4



                   Thread 5                      Bank 5



                   Thread 6                      Bank 6



                   Thread 7                      Bank 7



                   Thread 8                      Bank 8



                   Thread 9                      Bank 9



                  Thread 10                      Bank 10



                  Thread 11                      Bank 11



                  Thread 12                      Bank 12



                  Thread 13                      Bank 13



                  Thread 14                      Bank 14



                  Thread 15                      Bank 15




                 Linear addressing with a stride of three 32-bit words.


                 Figure 6-2.           Example of a Shared Memory Access Pattern
                                       without Bank Conflicts



52                                                                        CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines




                  Thread 0                      Bank 0                  Thread 0                       Bank 0



                  Thread 1                      Bank 1                  Thread 1                       Bank 1



                  Thread 2                      Bank 2                  Thread 2                       Bank 2



                  Thread 3                      Bank 3                  Thread 3                       Bank 3



                  Thread 4                      Bank 4                  Thread 4                       Bank 4



                  Thread 5                      Bank 5                  Thread 5                       Bank 5



                  Thread 6                      Bank 6                  Thread 6                       Bank 6



                  Thread 7                      Bank 7                  Thread 7                       Bank 7



                  Thread 8                      Bank 8                  Thread 8                       Bank 8



                  Thread 9                      Bank 9                  Thread 9                       Bank 9



                 Thread 10                     Bank 10                  Thread 10                     Bank 10



                 Thread 11                     Bank 11                  Thread 11                     Bank 11



                 Thread 12                     Bank 12                  Thread 12                     Bank 12



                 Thread 13                     Bank 13                  Thread 13                     Bank 13



                 Thread 14                     Bank 14                  Thread 14                     Bank 14



                 Thread 15                     Bank 15                  Thread 15                     Bank 15




                Left: Linear addressing with a stride of two 32-bit words causes 2-way bank conflicts.
                Right: Linear addressing with a stride of eight 32-bit words causes 8-way bank conflicts.


                Figure 6-3.           Examples of Shared Memory Access Patterns
                                      with Bank Conflicts


CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                            53
Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines




                   Thread 0                       Bank 0                  Thread 0                       Bank 0



                   Thread 1                       Bank 1                  Thread 1                       Bank 1



                   Thread 2                       Bank 2                  Thread 2                       Bank 2



                   Thread 3                       Bank 3                  Thread 3                       Bank 3



                   Thread 4                       Bank 4                  Thread 4                       Bank 4



                   Thread 5                       Bank 5                  Thread 5                       Bank 5



                   Thread 6                       Bank 6                  Thread 6                       Bank 6



                   Thread 7                       Bank 7                  Thread 7                       Bank 7



                   Thread 8                       Bank 8                  Thread 8                       Bank 8



                   Thread 9                       Bank 9                  Thread 9                       Bank 9



                  Thread 10                      Bank 10                  Thread 10                     Bank 10



                  Thread 11                      Bank 11                  Thread 11                     Bank 11



                  Thread 12                      Bank 12                  Thread 12                     Bank 12



                  Thread 13                      Bank 13                  Thread 13                     Bank 13



                  Thread 14                      Bank 14                  Thread 14                     Bank 14



                  Thread 15                      Bank 15                  Thread 15                     Bank 15


                 Left: This access pattern is conflict-free since all threads read from an address within the same 32-bit
                 word.
                 Right: This access pattern causes either no bank conflicts if the word from bank 5 is chosen as the
                 broadcast word during the first step or 2-way bank conflicts, otherwise.


                 Figure 6-4.           Example of Shared Memory Read Access
                                       Patterns with Broadcast


54                                                                       CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines



6.1.2.5         Registers
                Generally, accessing a register is zero extra clock cycles per instruction, but delays
                may occur due to register read-after-write dependencies and register memory bank
                conflicts.
                The delays introduced by read-after-write dependencies can be ignored as soon as
                there are at least 192 concurrent threads per multiprocessor to hide them.
                The compiler and thread scheduler schedule the instructions as optimally as possible
                to avoid register memory bank conflicts; the application has no control over these.
                In particular, there is no need to pack data into float4 or int4 types.


6.2             Number of Threads per Block
                Given a total number of threads per grid, the number of threads per block, or
                equivalently the number of blocks, should be chosen to maximize the utilization of
                the available computing resources. This means that there should be at least as many
                blocks as there are multiprocessors in the device.
                Furthermore, running only one block per multiprocessor will force the
                multiprocessor to idle during thread synchronization and also during device memory
                reads if there are not enough threads per block to cover the load latency. It is
                therefore better to allow for two or more blocks to run concurrently on each
                multiprocessor to allow overlap between blocks that wait and blocks that can run.
                For this to happen, not only should there be at least twice as many blocks as there
                are multiprocessors in the device, but also the amount of allocated shared memory
                per block should be at most half the total amount of shared memory available per
                multiprocessor (see Section 3.2). More thread blocks stream in pipeline fashion
                through the device and amortize overhead even more.
                With a high enough number of blocks, the number of threads per block should be
                chosen as a multiple of the warp size to avoid wasting computing resources with
                under-populated warps. Allocating more threads per block is better for efficient
                time slicing, but the more threads per block, the fewer registers are available per
                thread. This might prevent a kernel invocation from succeeding if the kernel
                compiles to more registers than are allowed by the execution configuration.
                For the GeForce 8800 Series and Quadro FX 5600/4600, the number of registers
                available per thread is equal to:
                                                          R
                                                    B × ceil (T ,32)
                where R is the total number of registers per multiprocessor given in Section 5.1, B is
                the number of concurrent blocks, T is the number of threads per block, and
                ceil(T, 32) is T rounded up to the nearest multiple of 32.
                64 threads per block is minimal and makes sense only if there are multiple
                concurrent blocks. 192 or 256 threads per block is better and usually allows for
                enough registers to compile.
                The number of blocks per grid should be at least 100 if one wants it to scale to
                future devices; 1000 blocks will scale across several generations.


CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                 55
Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines


                 The ratio of the number of warps running concurrently on a multiprocessor to the
                 maximum number of warps that can run concurrently (given in Section 5.1) is called
                 the multiprocessor occupancy. In order to maximize occupancy, the compiler attempts
                 to minimize register usage and programmers need to choose execution
                 configurations with care. The CUDA Software Development Kit provides a
                 spreadsheet to assist programmers in choosing thread block size based on shared
                 memory and register requirements.


6.3              Data Transfer between Host and Device
                 The bandwidth between the device and the device memory is much higher than the
                 bandwidth between the device memory and the host memory. Therefore, one
                 should strive to minimize data transfer between the host and the device. For
                 example, intermediate data structures may be created in device memory, operated on
                 by the device, and destroyed without ever being mapped by the host or copied to
                 host memory.
                 Also, because of the overhead associated with each transfer, batching many small
                 transfers into a big one always performs much better than making each transfer
                 separately.




56                                                            CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 7.
                            Example of Matrix Multiplication



7.1             Overview
                The task of computing the product C of two matrices A and B of dimensions
                (wA, hA) and (wB, wA) respectively, is split among several threads in the following
                way:
                   Each thread block is responsible for computing one square sub-matrix Csub of C;
                   Each thread within the block is responsible for computing one element of Csub.
                The dimension block_size of Csub is chosen equal to 16, so that the number of threads
                per block is a multiple of the warp size (Section 6.2) and remains below the
                maximum number of threads per block (Section 5.1).
                As illustrated in Figure 7-1, Csub is equal to the product of two rectangular matrices:
                the sub-matrix of A of dimension (wA, block_size) that has the same line indices as
                Csub, and the sub-matrix of B of dimension (block_size, wA) that has the same column
                indices as Csub. In order to fit into the device’s resources, these two rectangular
                matrices are divided into as many square matrices of dimension block_size as
                necessary and Csub is computed as the sum of the products of these square matrices.
                Each of these products is performed by first loading the two corresponding square
                matrices from global memory to shared memory with one thread loading one
                element of each matrix, and then by having each thread compute one element of the
                product. Each thread accumulates the result of each of these products into a register
                and once done writes the result to global memory.
                By blocking the computation this way, we take advantage of fast shared memory
                and save a lot of global memory bandwidth since A and B are read from global
                memory only (wA / block_size) times.
                Nonetheless, this example has been written for clarity of exposition to illustrate
                various CUDA programming principles, not with the goal of providing a
                high-performance kernel for generic matrix multiplication and should not be
                construed as such.




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                 57
Chapter 7.   Example of Matrix Multiplication




                                                                                      BLOCK_SIZE
                                                      B



                                                                                                    wA




                                                                                       BLOCK_SIZE
                                                      C
                     A




                                                                                      BLOCK_SIZE
                                                                      Csub
                                                                                                    hA




                    BLOCK_SIZE     BLOCK_SIZE                        BLOCK_SIZE

                                 wA                                          wB




                   Each thread block computes one sub-matrix Csub of C. Each thread within the block
                   computes one element of Csub.

                   Figure 7-1.        Matrix Multiplication




58                                                                 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 7.   Example of Matrix Multiplication




7.2             Source Code Listing
                // Thread block size
                #define BLOCK_SIZE 16

                // Forward declaration of the device multiplication function
                __global__ void Muld(float*, float*, int, int, float*);

                // Host multiplication function
                // Compute C = A * B
                //   hA is the height of A
                //   wA is the width of A
                //   wB is the width of B
                void Mul(const float* A, const float* B, int hA, int wA, int wB,
                         float* C)
                {
                    int size;

                     // Load A and B to the device
                     float* Ad;
                     size = hA * wA * sizeof(float);
                     cudaMalloc((void**)&Ad, size);
                     cudaMemcpy(Ad, A, size, cudaMemcpyHostToDevice);
                     float* Bd;
                     size = wA * wB * sizeof(float);
                     cudaMalloc((void**)&Bd, size);
                     cudaMemcpy(Bd, B, size, cudaMemcpyHostToDevice);

                     // Allocate C on the device
                     float* Cd;
                     size = hA * wB * sizeof(float);
                     cudaMalloc((void**)&Cd, size);

                     // Compute the execution configuration assuming
                     // the matrix dimensions are multiples of BLOCK_SIZE
                     dim3 dimBlock(BLOCK_SIZE, BLOCK_SIZE);
                     dim3 dimGrid(wB / dimBlock.x, hA / dimBlock.y);

                     // Launch the device computation
                     Muld<<<dimGrid, dimBlock>>>(Ad, Bd, wA, wB, Cd);

                     // Read C from the device
                     cudaMemcpy(C, Cd, size, cudaMemcpyDeviceToHost);

                     // Free device memory
                     cudaFree(Ad);
                     cudaFree(Bd);
                     cudaFree(Cd);
                }




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                       59
Chapter 7.   Example of Matrix Multiplication


                   // Device multiplication function called by Mul()
                   // Compute C = A * B
                   //   wA is the width of A
                   //   wB is the width of B
                   __global__ void Muld(float* A, float* B, int wA, int wB, float* C)
                   {
                       // Block index
                       int bx = blockIdx.x;
                       int by = blockIdx.y;

                        // Thread index
                        int tx = threadIdx.x;
                        int ty = threadIdx.y;

                        // Index of the first sub-matrix of A processed by the block
                        int aBegin = wA * BLOCK_SIZE * by;

                        // Index of the last sub-matrix of A processed by the block
                        int aEnd   = aBegin + wA - 1;

                        // Step size used to iterate through the sub-matrices of A
                        int aStep = BLOCK_SIZE;

                        // Index of the first sub-matrix of B processed by the block
                        int bBegin = BLOCK_SIZE * bx;

                        // Step size used to iterate through the sub-matrices of B
                        int bStep = BLOCK_SIZE * wB;

                        // The element of the block sub-matrix that is computed
                        // by the thread
                        float Csub = 0;

                        // Loop over all the    sub-matrices of A and B required to
                        // compute the block    sub-matrix
                        for (int a = aBegin,    b = bBegin;
                                 a <= aEnd;
                                 a += aStep,    b += bStep) {

                            // Shared memory for the sub-matrix of A
                            __shared__ float As[BLOCK_SIZE][BLOCK_SIZE];

                            // Shared memory for the sub-matrix of B
                            __shared__ float Bs[BLOCK_SIZE][BLOCK_SIZE];

                            // Load the matrices from global memory to shared memory;
                            // each thread loads one element of each matrix
                            As[ty][tx] = A[a + wA * ty + tx];
                            Bs[ty][tx] = B[b + wB * ty + tx];

                            // Synchronize to make sure the matrices are loaded
                            __syncthreads();

                            // Multiply the two matrices together;
                            // each thread computes one element
                            // of the block sub-matrix
                            for (int k = 0; k < BLOCK_SIZE; ++k)


60                                                         CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Chapter 7.   Example of Matrix Multiplication


                                Csub += As[ty][k] * Bs[k][tx];

                          // Synchronize to make sure that the preceding
                          // computation is done before loading two new
                          // sub-matrices of A and B in the next iteration
                          __syncthreads();
                     }

                     // Write the block sub-matrix to global memory;
                     // each thread writes one element
                     int c = wB * BLOCK_SIZE * by + BLOCK_SIZE * bx;
                     C[c + wB * ty + tx] = Csub;
                }



7.3             Source Code Walkthrough
                The source code contains two functions:
                    Mul(), a host function serving as a wrapper to Muld();
                    Muld(), a kernel that executes the matrix multiplication on the device.


7.3.1           Mul()
                Mul() takes as input:
                  Two pointers to host memory that point to the elements of A and B,
                  The height and width of A and the width of B,
                  A pointer to host memory that points where C should be written.
                Mul() performs the following operations:
                    It allocates enough global memory to store A, B, and C using cudaMalloc();
                    It copies A and B from host memory to global memory using cudaMemcpy();
                    It calls Muld() to compute C on the device;
                    It copies C from global memory to host memory using cudaMemcpy();
                    It frees the global memory allocated for A, B, and C using cudaFree().


7.3.2           Muld()
                Muld() has the same input as Mul(), except that pointers point to device memory
                instead of host memory.
                For each block, Muld()iterates through all the sub-matrices of A and B required to
                compute Csub. At each iteration:
                    It loads one sub-matrix of A and one sub-matrix of B from global memory to
                    shared memory;
                    It synchronizes to make sure that both sub-matrices are fully loaded by all the
                    threads within the block;
                    It computes the product of the two sub-matrices and adds it to the product
                    obtained during the previous iteration;


CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                  61
Chapter 7.   Example of Matrix Multiplication


                       It synchronizes again to make sure that the product of the two sub-matrices is
                       done before starting the next iteration.
                   Once all sub-matrices have been handled, Csub is fully computed and Muld() writes
                   it to global memory.
                   Muld() is written to maximize memory performance according to Section 6.1.2.1
                   and 6.1.2.4.
                   Indeed, assuming that wA and wB are multiples of 16 as suggested in Section 6.1.2.1,
                   global memory coalescing is ensured because a, b, and c are all multiples of
                   BLOCK_SIZE, which is equal to 16.
                   There is also no shared memory bank conflict since for each half-warp, ty and k are
                   the same for all threads and tx varies from 0 to 15, so each thread accesses a
                   different bank for the memory accesses As[ty][tx], Bs[ty][tx], and
                   Bs[k][tx] and the same bank for the memory access As[ty][k].




62                                                               CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Appendix A.
                                                 Mathematics Functions


                Table A-1 below lists all the mathematical standard library functions supported by
                the CUDA runtime library. It also specifies the error bounds of each function when
                executed on the device and on the host, in case the host does no supply the
                function. These bounds are generated from extensive but not exhaustive tests, so
                these are not guaranteed bounds. For every function func(), the CUDA runtime
                also supports its single-precision counterpart funcf() when applicable, with the
                same error bounds.
                Addition and multiplication are IEEE-compliant, so have a maximum error of
                0.5 ulp. They are however often combined into a single multiply-add instruction
                (FMAD), which truncates the intermediate result of the multiplication.
                The recommended way to round a floating-point operand to an integer, with the
                result being a floating-point number is rintf(), not roundf(). The reason is that
                roundf() maps to an 8-instruction sequence, whereas rintf() maps to a single
                instruction.
                truncf(), ceilf(), and floorf() each map to a single instruction as well.

                Table A-1.        Mathematical Standard Library Functions with
                                  Maximum ULP Error
                  Function               Maximum ulp error
                  x/y                    2 (full range)
                  1/x                    1 (full range)
                  1/sqrt(x)              2 (full range)
                  sqrt(x)                3 (full range)
                  cbrt(x)                1 (full range)
                  hypot(x)               3 (full range)
                  exp(x)                 2 (full range)
                  exp2(x)                2 (full range)
                  expm1(x)               4 (full range)
                  log(x)                 3 (full range)
                  log2(x)                4 (full range)
                  log10(x)               4 (full range)




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                              63
Appendix A.   Mathematics Functions


                    Function          Maximum ulp error
                    log1p(x)          4 (full range)
                    sin(x)            2 (inside interval -12988 ... +12988; larger outside)
                    cos(x)            3 (inside interval -12988 ... +12988; larger outside)
                    tan(x)            4 (inside interval -12988 ... +12988; larger outside)
                    asin(x)           4 (full range)
                    acos(x)           3 (full range)
                    atan(x)           2 (full range)
                    atan2(y, x)       3 (full range)
                    sinh(x)           3 (full range)
                    cosh(x)           2 (full range)
                    tanh(x)           2 (full range)
                    asinh(x)          3 (full range)
                    acosh(x)          5 (full range)
                    atanh(x)          4 (full range)
                    pow(x, y)         16 (for x outside interval 0.75 ... 1.195; larger for x inside)
                    erf(x)            4 (full range)
                    erfc(x)           8 (full range)
                    lgamma(x)         6 (outside interval -11 ... -2.166; larger inside)
                    frexp(x, exp)     0 (full range)
                    ldexp(x, exp)     0 (full range)
                    scalbn(x, n)      0 (full range)
                    logb(x)           0 (full range)
                    ilogb(x)          0 (full range)
                    fmod(x, y)        0 (full range)
                    modf(x, iptr)     0 (full range)
                    fdim(x, y)        0 (full range)
                    trunc(x)          0 (full range)
                    round(x)          0 (full range)
                    rint(x)           0 (full range)
                    nearbyint(x)      0 (full range)
                    ceil(x)           0 (full range)
                    floor(x)          0 (full range)
                    signbit(x)        N/A
                    isinf(x)          N/A
                    isnan(x)          N/A
                    Isfinite(x)       N/A
                    Copysign(x, y)    N/A
                    Min(x, y)         N/A
                    Max(x, y)         N/A
                    abs(x)            N/A




64                                                              CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Appendix A.    Mathematics Functions


                For some of the functions of Table A-1, a less accurate, but faster version exists
                with the same name prefixed with __ (such as __sin(x)). These functions are
                listed in Table A-2. The error bounds for the functions prefixed with __ are
                GPU-specific.
                Both the regular floating-point division and __fdividef(x, y) have the same
                accuracy, but for 2126 < y < 2128, __fdividef(x, y) delivers a result of zero,
                whereas the regular division delivers the correct result to within the accuracy stated
                in Table A-1. Also, for 2126 < y < 2128, if x is infinity, __fdividef(x, y) delivers
                a NaN (as a result of multiplying infinity by zero), while the regular division returns
                infinity.
                __[u]mul24(x, y) computes the product of the 24 least significant bits of the
                integer parameters x and y and delivers the 32 least significant bits of the result. If
                any of the 8 most significant bits of either x or y are set, the result is undefined.
                __[u]mulhi(x, y) computes the product of the integer parameters x and y and
                delivers the 32 most significant bits of the 64-bit result.

                Table A-2.         Fast Mathematical Functions Supported by the
                                   CUDA Runtime Library with Respective Error
                                   Bounds for the GeForce 8800 Series and
                                   Quadro FX 5600/4600
                  Function                    Error bounds
                  __fdivide(x, y)             For y in [2-126, 2126], the maximum ulp error is 2.
                  __exp(x)                    The maximum ulp error is
                                              2 + floor(abs(1.16 * x)).
                  __log(x)                    For x in [0.5, 2], the maximum absolute error is 2-21.41,
                                              otherwise, the maximum ulp error is 3.
                  __log2(x)                   For x in [0.5, 2], the maximum absolute error is 2-22,
                                              otherwise, the maximum ulp error is 2.
                  __log10(x)                  For x in [0.5, 2], the maximum absolute error is 2-24,
                                              otherwise, the maximum ulp error is 3.
                  __sin(x)                    For x in [-π, π], the maximum absolute error is 2-21.41, and
                                              larger otherwise.
                  __cos(x)                    For x in [-π, π], the maximum absolute error is 2-21.19, and
                                              larger otherwise.
                  __tan(x)                    Derived from its implementation as
                                              __sin(x) * 1 / __cos(x).
                  __pow(x, y)                 Derived from its implementation as
                                              exp2(y * __log2(x)).
                  __mul24(x, y)               N/A
                  __umul24(x, y)
                  __mulhi(x, y)               N/A
                  __umulhi(x, y)
                  __int_as_float(x)           N/A
                  __float_as_int(x)           N/A
                  __saturate(x)               N/A




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                         65
Nvidia cuda programming_guide_0.8.2
Appendix B.
                                               Runtime API Reference


                There are two levels for the runtime API.
                The low-level API (cuda_runtime_api.h) is a C-style interface that does not
                require compiling with nvcc.
                The high-level API (cuda_runtime.h) is a C++-style interface built on top of the
                low-level API. It wraps some of the low level API routines, using overloading,
                references and default arguments. These wrappers can be used from C++ code and
                can be compiled with any C++ compiler. The high-level API also has some CUDA-
                specific wrappers that wrap low-level routines that deal with symbols, textures, and
                device functions. These wrappers require the use of nvcc because they depend on
                code being generated by the compiler (see Section 4.2.5). For example, the
                execution configuration syntax described in Section 4.2.3 to invoke kernels is only
                available in source code compiled with nvcc.


B.1             Device Management

B.1.1           cudaGetDeviceCount()
                cudaError_t cudaGetDeviceCount(int* count);
                returns in *count the number of devices currently available for execution.


B.1.2           cudaGetDeviceProperties()
                cudaError_t cudaGetDeviceProperties(struct cudaDeviceProp* prop,
                                                    int dev);
                returns in *prop the properties of device dev. The cudaDeviceProp structure is
                defined as:
                struct cudaDeviceProp {
                  char* name;
                  size_t bytes;
                  int    major;
                  int    minor;
                };




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                             67
Appendix B.   Runtime API Reference


                  where:
                     name is an ASCII string identifying the device;
                     bytes is the total amount of memory available on the device in bytes;
                     major and minor are the major and minor revision numbers.


B.1.3             cudaChooseDevice()
                  cudaError_t cudaChooseDevice(int* dev,
                                               const struct cudaDeviceProp& prop);
                  returns in *dev the device which properties best match *prop.


B.1.4             cudaSetDevice()
                  cudaError_t cudaSetDevice(int dev);
                  records dev as the device on which the active host thread executes the device code.


B.1.5             cudaGetDevice()
                  cudaError_t cudaGetDevice(int* dev);
                  returns in *dev the device on which the active host thread executes the device
                  code.


B.2               Memory Management

B.2.1             cudaMalloc()
                  cudaError_t cudaMalloc(void** devPtr, size_t count);
                  allocates count bytes of linear memory on the device and returns in *devPtr a
                  pointer to the allocated memory. The allocated memory is suitably aligned for any
                  kind of variable. The memory is not cleared. cudaMalloc() returns
                  cudaErrorMemoryAllocation in case of failure.


B.2.2             cudaMalloc2D()
                  CUresult cudaMalloc2D(void** devPtr,
                                        unsigned int* pitch,
                                        unsigned int widthInBytes,
                                        unsigned int height);
                  allocates at least widthInBytes*height bytes of linear memory on the device
                  and returns in *devPtr a pointer to the allocated memory. The function may pad
                  the allocation to ensure that corresponding pointers in any given row will continue
                  to meet the alignment requirements for coalescing as the address is updated from
                  row to row (see Section 6.1.2.1). The pitch returned in *pitch by
                  cudaMalloc2D() is the width in bytes of the allocation. The intended usage of
                  pitch is as a separate parameter of the allocation, used to compute addresses within


68                                                              CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Appendix B.   Runtime API Reference


                the 2D array. Given the row and column of an array element of type T, the address
                is computed as
                   T* pElement = (T*)((char*)BaseAddress + Row * pitch) + Column;
                For allocations of 2D arrays, it is recommended that developers consider
                performing pitch allocations using cudaMalloc2D(). Due to pitch alignment
                restrictions in the hardware, this is especially true if the application will be
                performing 2D memory copies between different regions of device memory
                (whether linear memory or CUDA arrays).


B.2.3           cudaFree()
                cudaError_t cudaFree(void* devPtr);
                frees the memory space pointed to by devPtr, which must have been returned by a
                previous call to cudaMalloc() or cudaMalloc2D(). Otherwise, or if
                cudaFree(devPtr) has already been called before, an error is returned. If
                devPtr is 0, no operation is performed. cudaFree() returns
                cudaErrorInvalidDevicePointer in case of failure.


B.2.4           cudaMallocArray()
                cudaError_t cudaMallocArray(struct cudaArray** array,
                                         const struct cudaChannelFormatDesc* desc,
                                            size_t width, size_t height);
                allocates a CUDA array according to the cudaChannelFormatDesc structure
                desc and returns a handle to the new CUDA array in *array.
                cudaChannelFormatDesc is described in Section 4.3.4.


B.2.5           cudaFreeArray()
                cudaError_t cudaFreeArray(struct cudaArray* array);
                frees the CUDA array array.


B.2.6           cudaMemset()
                cudaError_t cudaMemset(void* devPtr, int value, size_t count);
                fills the first count bytes of the memory area pointed to by devPtr with the
                constant byte value value.


B.2.7           cudaMemset2D()
                cudaError_t cudaMemset2D(void* dstPtr, size_t pitch,
                                         int value, size_t width, size_t height);
                sets to the specified value value a matrix (height rows of width bytes each)
                pointed to by dstPtr. pitch is the pitch in the memory area pointed to by
                dstPtr.




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                               69
Appendix B.   Runtime API Reference


B.2.8             cudaMemcpy()
                  cudaError_t cudaMemcpy(void* dst, const void* src,
                                         size_t count,
                                         enum cudaMemcpyKind kind);
                  copies count bytes from the memory area pointed to by src to the memory area
                  pointed to by dst, where kind is one of cudaMemcpyHostToHost,
                  cudaMemcpyHostToDevice, cudaMemcpyDeviceToHost, or
                  cudaMemcpyDeviceToDevice, and specifies the direction of the copy. The
                  memory areas may not overlap. Calling cudaMemcpy() with dst and src pointers
                  that do not match the direction of the copy results in an undefined behavior.


B.2.9             cudaMemcpy2D()
                  cudaError_t cudaMemcpy2D(void* dst, size_t dpitch,
                                           const void* src, size_t spitch,
                                           size_t width, size_t height,
                                           enum cudaMemcpyKind kind);
                  copies a matrix (height rows of width bytes each) from the memory area pointed
                  to by src to the memory area pointed to by dst, where kind is one of
                  cudaMemcpyHostToHost, cudaMemcpyHostToDevice,
                  cudaMemcpyDeviceToHost, or cudaMemcpyDeviceToDevice, and specifies
                  the direction of the copy. dpitch and spitch are the pitch in the memory areas
                  pointed to by dst and src. The memory areas may not overlap. Calling
                  cudaMemcpy2D() with dst and src pointers that do not match the direction of
                  the copy results in an undefined behavior.


B.2.10            cudaMemcpyToArray()
                  cudaError_t cudaMemcpyToArray(struct cudaArray* dstArray,
                                                size_t dstX, size_t dstY,
                                                const void* src, size_t count,
                                                enum cudaMemcpyKind kind);
                  copies count bytes from the memory area pointed to by src to the CUDA array
                  dstArray starting at the upper left corner (dstX, dstY), where kind is one of
                  cudaMemcpyHostToHost, cudaMemcpyHostToDevice,
                  cudaMemcpyDeviceToHost, or cudaMemcpyDeviceToDevice, and specifies
                  the direction of the copy.


B.2.11            cudaMemcpy2DToArray()
                  cudaError_t cudaMemcpy2DToArray(struct cudaArray* dstArray,
                                                  size_t dstX, size_t dstY,
                                                  const void* src, size_t spitch,
                                                  size_t width, size_t height,
                                                  enum cudaMemcpyKind kind);
                  copies a matrix (height rows of width bytes each) from the memory area pointed
                  to by src to the CUDA array dstArray starting at the upper left corner (dstX,
                  dstY), where kind is one of cudaMemcpyHostToHost,


70                                                          CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Appendix B.   Runtime API Reference


                cudaMemcpyHostToDevice, cudaMemcpyDeviceToHost, or
                cudaMemcpyDeviceToDevice, and specifies the direction of the copy. spitch
                is the pitch in the memory area pointed to by src.


B.2.12          cudaMemcpyFromArray()
                cudaError_t cudaMemcpyFromArray(void* dst,
                                                const struct cudaArray* srcArray,
                                                size_t srcX, size_t srcY,
                                                size_t count,
                                                enum cudaMemcpyKind kind);
                copies count bytes from the CUDA array srcArray starting at the upper left
                corner (srcX, srcY) to the memory area pointed to by dst, where kind is one of
                cudaMemcpyHostToHost, cudaMemcpyHostToDevice,
                cudaMemcpyDeviceToHost, or cudaMemcpyDeviceToDevice, and specifies
                the direction of the copy.


B.2.13          cudaMemcpy2DFromArray()
                cudaError_t cudaMemcpy2DFromArray(void* dst, size_t dpitch,
                                                 const struct cudaArray* srcArray,
                                                  size_t srcX, size_t srcY,
                                                  size_t width, size_t height,
                                                  enum cudaMemcpyKind kind);
                copies a matrix (height rows of width bytes each) from the CUDA array
                srcArray starting at the upper left corner (srcX, srcY) to the memory area
                pointed to by dst, where kind is one of cudaMemcpyHostToHost,
                cudaMemcpyHostToDevice, cudaMemcpyDeviceToHost, or
                cudaMemcpyDeviceToDevice, and specifies the direction of the copy. dpitch
                is the pitch in the memory area pointed to by dst.


B.2.14          cudaMemcpyArrayToArray()
                cudaError_t cudaMemcpyArrayToArray(struct cudaArray* dstArray,
                                                   size_t dstX, size_t dstY,
                                                 const struct cudaArray* srcArray,
                                                   size_t srcX, size_t srcY,
                                                   size_t count,
                                                   enum cudaMemcpyKind kind);
                copies count bytes from the CUDA array srcArray starting at the upper left
                corner (srcX, srcY) to the CUDA array dstArray starting at the upper left
                corner (dstX, dstY), where kind is one of cudaMemcpyHostToHost,
                cudaMemcpyHostToDevice, cudaMemcpyDeviceToHost, or
                cudaMemcpyDeviceToDevice, and specifies the direction of the copy.


B.2.15          cudaMemcpy2DArrayToArray()
                cudaError_t cudaMemcpy2DArrayToArray(struct cudaArray* dstArray,
                                                     size_t dstX, size_t dstY,



CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                         71
Appendix B.   Runtime API Reference


                                                              const struct cudaArray* srcArray,
                                                                  size_t srcX, size_t srcY,
                                                                  size_t width, size_t height,
                                                                  enum cudaMemcpyKind kind);
                  copies a matrix (height rows of width bytes each) from the CUDA array
                  srcArray starting at the upper left corner (srcX, srcY) to the CUDA array
                  dstArray starting at the upper left corner (dstX, dstY), where kind is one of
                  cudaMemcpyHostToHost, cudaMemcpyHostToDevice,
                  cudaMemcpyDeviceToHost, or cudaMemcpyDeviceToDevice, and specifies
                  the direction of the copy.


B.2.16            cudaMemcpyToSymbol()
                  template<class T>
                  cudaError_t cudaMemcpyToSymbol(const T& symbol, const void* src,
                                                 size_t count, size_t offset = 0);
                  copies count bytes from the memory area pointed to by src to the memory area
                  pointed to by offset bytes from the start of symbol symbol. The memory areas
                  may not overlap. symbol can either be a variable that resides in global memory
                  space, or it can be a character string, naming a variable that resides in global
                  memory space. cudaMemcpyToSymbol() always copies data from the host to the
                  device.


B.2.17            cudaMemcpyFromSymbol()
                  template<class T>
                  cudaError_t cudaMemcpyFromSymbol(void *dst, const T& symbol,
                                                   size_t count, size_t offset = 0);
                  copies count bytes from the memory area pointed to by offset bytes from the
                  start of symbol symbol to the memory area pointed to by dst. The memory areas
                  may not overlap. symbol can either be a variable that resides in global memory
                  space, or it can be a character string, naming a variable that resides in global
                  memory space. cudaMemcpyFromSymbol() always copies data from the device
                  to the host.


B.2.18            cudaGetSymbolAddress()
                  template<class T>
                  cudaError_t cudaGetSymbolAddress(void** devPtr, const T& symbol);
                  returns in *devPtr the address of symbol symbol on the device. symbol can
                  either be a variable that resides in device, or it can be a character string, naming a
                  variable that resides in global memory space. If symbol cannot be found, or if
                  symbol is not declared in global memory space, *devPtr is unchanged and an
                  error is returned. cudaGetSymbolAddress() returns
                  cudaErrorInvalidSymbol in case of failure.




72                                                                CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Appendix B.   Runtime API Reference



B.2.19          cudaGetSymbolSize()
                template<class T>
                cudaError_t cudaGetSymbolSize(void** devPtr, const T& symbol);
                returns in *devPtr the size of symbol symbol. symbol can either be a variable
                that resides in device, or it can be a character string, naming a variable that resides in
                global memory space. If symbol cannot be found, or if symbol is not declared in
                global memory space, *devPtr is unchanged and an error is returned.
                cudaGetSymbolSize() returns cudaErrorInvalidSymbol in case of failure.



B.3             Texture Reference Management

B.3.1           Low-Level API
B.3.1.1         cudaCreateChannelDesc()
                struct cudaChannelFormatDesc
                cudaCreateChannelDesc(int x, int y, int z, int w,
                                      enum cudaChannelFormatKind f);
                returns a channel descriptor with format f and number of bits of each component
                x, y, z, and w. cudaChannelFormatDesc is described in Section 4.3.4.

B.3.1.2         cudaGetChannelDesc()
                cudaError_t cudaGetChannelDesc(struct cudaChannelFormatDesc* desc,
                                               const struct cudaArray* array);
                returns in *desc the channel descriptor of the CUDA array array.

B.3.1.3         cudaGetTextureReference()
                cudaError_t cudaGetTextureReference(
                                                 struct textureReference** texRef,
                                                 const char* symbol);
                returns in *texRef the structure associated to the texture reference defined by
                symbol symbol.

B.3.1.4         cudaBindTexture()
                cudaError_t cudaBindTexture(const struct textureReference* texRef,
                                            const void* devPtr,
                                         const struct cudaChannelFormatDesc* desc,
                                            size_t size, size_t offset);
                binds size bytes of the memory area pointed to by (devPTr + offset) to the
                texture reference texRef. desc describes how the memory is interpreted when
                fetching values from the texture.
                cudaError_t cudaBindTextureToArray(
                                            const struct textureReference* texRef,
                                            const struct cudaArray* array,
                                        const struct cudaChannelFormatDesc* desc);
                binds the CUDA array array to the texture reference texRef. desc describes
                how the memory is interpreted when fetching values from the texture.



CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                  73
Appendix B.   Runtime API Reference


B.3.1.5           cudaUnbindTexture()
                  cudaError_t cudaUnbindTexture(
                                             const struct textureReference* texRef);
                  unbinds the texture bound to texture reference texRef.


B.3.2             High-Level API
B.3.2.1           cudaBindTexture()
                  template<class T, int dim, enum cudaTextureReadMode readMode>
                  static __inline__ __host__ cudaError_t
                  cudaBindTexture(const struct texture<T, dim, readMode>& texRef,
                                  const void* devPtr,
                                  const struct cudaChannelFormatDesc& desc,
                                  size_t size   = UINT_MAX,
                                  size_t offset = 0);
                  binds size bytes of the memory area pointed to by (devPTr + offset) to
                  texture reference texRef. desc describes how the memory is interpreted when
                  fetching values from the texture.
                  template<class T, int dim, enum cudaTextureReadMode readMode>
                  static __inline__ __host__ cudaError_t
                  cudaBindTexture(const struct texture<T, dim, readMode>& texRef,
                                  const void* devPtr,
                                  size_t size   = UINT_MAX,
                                  size_t offset = 0);
                  binds size bytes of the memory area pointed to by (devPTr + offset) to
                  texture reference texRef. The channel descriptor is inherited from the texture
                  reference type.
                  template<class T, int dim, enum cudaTextureReadMode readMode>
                  static __inline__ __host__ cudaError_t
                  cudaBindTexture(const struct texture<T, dim, readMode>& texRef,
                                  const struct cudaArray* cuArray,
                                  const struct cudaChannelFormatDesc& desc);
                  binds the CUDA array array to texture reference texRef. desc describes how
                  the memory is interpreted when fetching values from the texture.
                  template<class T, int dim, enum cudaTextureReadMode readMode>
                  static __inline__ __host__ cudaError_t
                  cudaBindTexture(const struct texture<T, dim, readMode>& texRef,
                                  const struct cudaArray* cuArray);
                  binds the CUDA array array to texture reference texRef. The channel descriptor
                  is inherited from the CUDA array.

B.3.2.2           cudaUnbindTexture()
                  template<class T, int dim, enum cudaTextureReadMode readMode>
                  static __inline__ __host__ cudaError_t
                  cudaUnbindTexture(const struct texture<T, dim, readMode>& texRef);
                  unbinds the texture bound to texture reference texRef.




74                                                             CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Appendix B.   Runtime API Reference



B.4             Execution Control

B.4.1           cudaConfigureCall()
                cudaError_t cudaConfigureCall(dim3 gridDim, dim3 blockDim,
                                              size_t sharedMem = 0,
                                              int tokens = 0);
                specifies the grid and block dimensions for the device call to be executed similar to
                the execution configuration syntax described in Section 4.2.3.
                cudaConfigureCall() is stack based. Each call pushes data on top of an
                execution stack. This data contains the dimension for the grid and thread blocks,
                together with any arguments for the call.


B.4.2           cudaLaunch()
                template<class T> cudaError_t cudaLaunch(T entry);
                launches the function entry on the device. entry can either be a function that
                executes on the device, or it can be a character string, naming a function that
                executes on the device. entry must be declared as a __global__ function.
                cudaLaunch() must be preceded by a call to cudaConfigureCall() since it
                pops the data that was pushed by cudaConfigureCall() from the execution
                stack.


B.4.3           cudaSetupArgument()
                cudaError_t cudaSetupArgument(void* arg,
                                              size_t count, size_t offset);
                template<class T> cudaError_t cudaSetupArgument(T arg,
                                                                size_t offset);
                pushes count bytes of the argument pointed to by arg at offset bytes from the
                start of the parameter passing area, which starts at offset 0. The arguments are
                stored in the top of the execution stack. cudaSetupArgument() must be
                preceded by a call to cudaConfigureCall().


B.5             OpenGL Interoperability

B.5.1           cudaGLRegisterBufferObject()
                cudaError_t cudaGLRegisterBufferObject(GLuint bufferObj);
                registers the buffer object of ID bufferObj for access by CUDA. This function
                must be called before CUDA can map the buffer object. While it is registered, the
                buffer object cannot be used by any OpenGL commands except as a data source for
                OpenGL drawing commands.




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                               75
Appendix B.   Runtime API Reference


B.5.2             cudaGLMapBufferObject()
                  cudaError_t cudaGLMapBufferObject(void** devPtr,
                                                    GLuint bufferObj);
                  maps the buffer object of ID bufferObj into the address space of CUDA and
                  returns in *devPtr the base pointer of the resulting mapping.


B.5.3             cudaGLUnmapBufferObject()
                  cudaError_t cudaGLUnmapBufferObject(GLuint bufferObj);
                  unmaps the buffer object of ID bufferObj for access by CUDA.


B.5.4             cudaGLUnregisterBufferObject()
                  cudaError_t cudaGLUnregisterBufferObject(GLuint bufferObj);
                  unregisters the buffer object of ID bufferObj for access by CUDA.


B.6               Direct3D Interoperability

B.6.1             cudaD3D9Begin()
                  cudaError_t cudaD3D9Begin(IDirect3DDevice9* device);
                  initializes interoperability with the Direct3D device device. This function must be
                  called before CUDA can map any objects from device. The application can then
                  map vertex buffers owned by the Direct3D device until cuD3D9End() is called.


B.6.2             cudaD3D9End()
                  cudaError_t cudaD3D9End();
                  concludes interoperability with the Direct3D device previously specified to
                  cuD3D9Begin().


B.6.3             cudaD3D9RegisterVertexBuffer()
                  cudaError_t
                  cudaD3D9RegisterVertexBuffer(IDirect3DVertexBuffer9* VB);
                  registers the Direct3D vertex buffer VB for access by CUDA.


B.6.4             cudaD3D9MapVertexBuffer()
                  cudaError_t cudaD3D9MapVertexBuffer(void** devPtr,
                                                      unsigned int* size,
                                                      IDirect3DVertexBuffer9* VB);




76                                                              CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Appendix B.   Runtime API Reference


                maps the Direct3D vertex buffer VB into the address space of the current CUDA
                context and returns in *devPtr and *size the base pointer and size of the
                resulting mapping.


B.6.5           cudaD3D9UnmapVertexBuffer()
                cudaError_t cudaD3D9UnmapVertexBuffer(IDirect3DVertexBuffer9* VB);
                unmaps the vertex buffer VB for access by CUDA.


B.7             Error Handling

B.7.1           cudaGetLastError()
                cudaError_t cudaGetLastError(void);
                returns the last error that was returned from any of the runtime calls in the same
                host thread and resets it to cudaSuccess.


B.7.2           cudaGetErrorString()
                const char* cudaGetErrorString(cudaError_t error);
                returns a message string from an error code.




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                 77
Nvidia cuda programming_guide_0.8.2
Appendix C.
                                                     Driver API Reference



C.1             Initialization

C.1.1           cuInit()
                CUresult cuInit(void);
                initializes the driver API and must be called before any other function from the
                driver API. If cuInit() has not been called, any function from the driver API will
                return CUDA_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED.


C.2             Device Management

C.2.1           cuDeviceGetCount()
                CUresult cuDeviceGetCount(int* count);
                returns in *count the number of devices currently available for execution.


C.2.2           cuDeviceGet()
                CUresult cuDeviceGet(CUdevice* dev, int ordinal);
                returns in *dev a device handle given an ordinal in the range
                [0, cuDeviceGetCount()-1].


C.2.3           cuDeviceGetName()
                CUresult cuDeviceGetName(char* name, int len, CUdevice dev);
                returns an ASCII string identifying the device dev in the NULL-terminated string
                pointed to by name. len specifies the maximum length of the string that may be
                returned.




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                           79
Appendix C.   Driver API Reference


C.2.4             cuDeviceTotalMem()
                  CUresult cuDeviceTotalMem(unsigned int* bytes, CUdevice dev);
                  returns in *bytes the total amount of memory available on the device dev in
                  bytes.


C.2.5             cuDeviceComputeCapability()
                  CUresult cuDeviceComputeCapability(int* major, int* minor,
                                                     CUdevice dev);
                  returns in *major and *minor the the major and minor revision numbers of
                  device dev.


C.3               Context Management

C.3.1             cuCtxCreate()
                  CUresult cuCtxCreate(CUdevice dev);
                  creates a new context for a device and associates it with the calling thread. The
                  context is created with a usage count of 1 and the caller of cuCtxCreate() must
                  call cuCtxDetach() when done using the context. This function fails if a context
                  is already current to the thread.


C.3.2             cuCtxAttach()
                  CUresult cuCtxAttach(void);
                  increments the usage count of the context. This function fails if there is no context
                  current to the thread.


C.3.3             cuCtxDetach()
                  CUresult cuCtxDetach(void);
                  decrements the usage count of the context, and destroys the context if the usage
                  count goes to 0.


C.4               Module Management

C.4.1             cuModuleLoad()
                  CUresult cuModuleLoad(CUmodule* mod, const char* filename);
                  takes a file name filename and loads the corresponding module mod into the
                  current context. The CUDA driver API does not attempt to lazily allocate the
                  resources needed by a module; if the memory for functions and data (constant and



80                                                               CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Appendix C.   Driver API Reference


                global) needed by the module cannot be allocated, cuModuleLoad() fails. The file
                should be a cubin file as output by nvcc (see Section 4.2.5).


C.4.2           cuModuleLoadData()
                CUresult cuModuleLoadData(CUmodule* mod, const void* image);
                takes a pointer image and loads the corresponding module mod into the current
                context. The pointer may be obtained by mapping a cubin file, passing a cubin file as a
                text string, or incorporating a cubin object into the executable resources and using
                operation system calls such as Windows’ FindResource() to obtain the pointer.


C.4.3           cuModuleUnload()
                CUresult cuModuleUnload(CUmodule mod);
                unloads a module mod from the current context.


C.4.4           cuModuleGetFunction()
                CUresult cuModuleGetFunction(CUfunction* func,
                                             CUmodule mod, const char* funcname);
                returns in *func the handle of the function of name funcname located in module
                mod. If no function of that name exists, cuModuleGetFunction() returns
                CUDA_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.


C.4.5           cuModuleGetGlobal()
                CUresult cuModuleGetGlobal(CUdeviceptr* devPtr,
                                           unsigned int* bytes,
                                           CUmodule mod, const char* globalname);
                returns in *devPtr and *bytes the base pointer and size of the global of name
                globalname located in module mod. If no variable of that name exists,
                cuModuleGetGlobal() returns CUDA_ERROR_NOT_FOUND. Both parameters
                ptr and bytes are optional. If one of them is null, it is ignored.


C.4.6           cuModuleGetTexRef()
                CUresult cuModuleGetTexRef(CUtexref* texRef,
                                           CUmodule hmod, const char* texrefname);
                returns in *texref the handle of the texture reference of name texrefname in
                the module mod. If no texture reference of that name exists,
                cuModuleGetTexRef() returns CUDA_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                                81
Appendix C.   Driver API Reference



C.5               Execution Control

C.5.1             cuFuncSetBlockShape()
                  CUresult cuFuncSetBlockShape(CUfunction func,
                                               unsigned int x,
                                               unsigned int y,
                                               unsigned int z);
                  specifies the X, Y and Z dimensions of the thread blocks that are created when the
                  kernel given by func is launched.


C.5.2             cuFuncSetSharedSize()
                  CUresult cuFuncSetSharedSize(CUfunction func, unsigned int bytes);
                  sets through bytes the amount of shared memory that will be available to each
                  thread block when the kernel given by func is launched.


C.5.3             cuParamSetSize()
                  CUresult cuParamSetSize(CUfunction func, unsigned int numbytes);
                  sets through numbytes the total size in bytes needed by the function parameters of
                  function func.


C.5.4             cuParamSeti()
                  CUresult cuParamSeti(CUfunction func,
                                       unsigned int offset, unsigned int value);
                  sets an integer parameter that will be specified the next time the kernel
                  corresponding to func will be invoked. offset is a byte offset.


C.5.5             cuParamSetf()
                  CUresult cuParamSetf(CUfunction func,
                                       unsigned int offset, float value);
                  sets a floating point parameter that will be specified the next time the kernel
                  corresponding to func will be invoked. offset is a byte offset.


C.5.6             cuParamSetv()
                  CUresult cuParamSetv(CUfunction func,
                                       unsigned int offset, void* ptr,
                                       unsigned int numbytes);
                  copies an arbitrary amount of data into the parameter space of the kernel
                  corresponding to func. offset is a byte offset.




82                                                               CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Appendix C.   Driver API Reference



C.5.7           cuParamSetArray()
                CUresult cuParamSetArray(CUfunction func,
                                         unsigned int texunit, CUarray array);
                makes the CUDA array array available to a device program as a texture. offset
                gives the offset of the sampler that the CUDA array is to be bound to. For texture
                references whose handles were passed back by cuModuleGetTexRef(), the
                special value CU_PARAM_TR_DEFAULT directs the driver to infer this value from
                the module.


C.5.8           cuLaunch()
                CUresult cuLaunch(CUfunction func);
                invokes the kernel func on a 1×1 grid of blocks. The block contains the number of
                threads specified by a previous call to cuFuncSetBlockShape().


C.5.9           cuLaunchGrid()
                CUresult cuLaunchGrid(CUfunction func,
                                      unsigned int grid_width,
                                      unsigned int grid_height);
                invokes the kernel on a grid_width × grid_height grid of blocks. Each
                block contains the number of threads specified by a previous call to
                cuFuncSetBlockShape().



C.6             Memory Management

C.6.1           cuMemAlloc()
                CUresult cuMemAlloc(CUdeviceptr* devPtr, unsigned int count);
                allocates count bytes of linear memory on the device and returns in *devPtr a
                pointer to the allocated memory. The allocated memory is suitably aligned for any
                kind of variable. The memory is not cleared. If count is 0, cuMemAlloc() returns
                CUDA_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE.


C.6.2           cuMemAlloc2D()
                CUresult cuMemAlloc2D(CUdeviceptr* devPtr,
                                      unsigned int* pitch,
                                      unsigned int widthInBytes,
                                      unsigned int height,
                                      unsigned int elementSizeBytes);
                allocates at least widthInBytes*height bytes of linear memory on the device
                and returns in *devPtr a pointer to the allocated memory. The function may pad
                the allocation to ensure that corresponding pointers in any given row will continue
                to meet the alignment requirements for coalescing as the address is updated from


CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                              83
Appendix C.   Driver API Reference


                  row to row (see Section 6.1.2.1). elementSizeBytes specifies the size of the
                  largest reads and writes that will be performed on the memory range.
                  elementSizeBytes may be 4, 8 or 16 (since coalesced memory transactions are
                  not possible on other data sizes). If elementSizeBytes is smaller than the actual
                  read/write size of a kernel, the kernel will run correctly, but possibly at reduced
                  speed. The pitch returned in *pitch by cuMemAlloc2D() is the width in bytes of
                  the allocation. The intended usage of pitch is as a separate parameter of the
                  allocation, used to compute addresses within the 2D array. Given the row and
                  column of an array element of type T, the address is computed as
                      T* pElement = (T*)((char*)BaseAddress + Row * Pitch) + Column;
                  The pitch returned by cuMemAlloc2D() is guaranteed to work with
                  cuMemcpy2D() under all circumstances. For allocations of 2D arrays, it is
                  recommended that developers consider performing pitch allocations using
                  cuMemAlloc2D(). Due to pitch alignment restrictions in the hardware, this is
                  especially true if the application will be performing 2D memory copies between
                  different regions of device memory (whether linear memory or CUDA arrays).


C.6.3             cuMemFree()
                  CUresult cuMemFree(CUdeviceptr devPtr);
                  frees the memory space pointed to by devPtr, which must have been returned by a
                  previous call to cudaMalloc() or cudaMalloc2D().


C.6.4             cuMemAllocSystem()
                  CUresult cuMemAllocSystem(void** sysPtr, unsigned int count);
                  allocates count bytes of system memory that is page-locked and accessible to the
                  device. The driver tracks the virtual memory ranges allocated with this function and
                  automatically accelerates calls to functions such as cuMemcpy(). Since the memory
                  can be accessed directly by the device, it can be read or written with much higher
                  bandwidth than pageable system memory obtained with functions such as
                  malloc(). Allocating excessive amounts of memory with
                  cuMemAllocSystem() may degrade system performance, since it reduces the
                  amount of memory available to the system for paging. As a result, this function is
                  best used sparingly to allocate staging areas for data exchange between host and
                  device.


C.6.5             cuMemFreeSystem()
                  CUresult cuMemFreeSystem(void* sysPtr);
                  frees the memory space pointed to by sysPtr, which must have been returned by a
                  previous call to cuMemAllocSystem().


C.6.6             cuMemGetAddressRange()
                  CUresult cuMemGetAddressRange(CUdeviceptr* basePtr,
                                                unsigned int* size,



84                                                              CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Appendix C.   Driver API Reference


                                                    CUdeviceptr devPtr);
                returns the base address in *basePtr and size and *size of the allocation by
                cuMemAlloc() or cuMemAlloc2D() that contains the input pointer devPtr.
                Both parameters basePtr and size are optional. If one of them is null, it is
                ignored.


C.6.7           cuArrayCreate()
                CUresult cuArrayCreate(CUarray* array,
                                       const CUDA_ARRAY_DESCRIPTOR* desc);
                creates a CUDA array according to the CUDA_ARRAY_DESCRIPTOR structure
                desc and returns a handle to the new CUDA array in *array. The
                CUDA_ARRAY_DESCRIPTOR structure is defined as such:
                   typedef struct {
                       unsigned int Width;
                       unsigned int Height;
                       CUarray_format Format;
                       unsigned int NumPackedComponents;
                   } CUDA_ARRAY_DESCRIPTOR;
                where:
                   Width and Height are the width and height of the CUDA array (in elements);
                   NumPackedComponents specifies the number of packed components per
                   CUDA array element.; it may be 1, 2 or 4;
                   Format specifies the format of the elements; CUarray_format is defined as
                   such:
                   typedef enum CUarray_format_enum {
                       CU_AD_FORMAT_UNSIGNED_INT8 = 0x01,
                       CU_AD_FORMAT_UNSIGNED_INT16 = 0x02,
                       CU_AD_FORMAT_UNSIGNED_INT32 = 0x03,
                       CU_AD_FORMAT_SIGNED_INT8    = 0x08,
                       CU_AD_FORMAT_SIGNED_INT16   = 0x09,
                       CU_AD_FORMAT_SIGNED_INT32   = 0x0a,
                       CU_AD_FORMAT_HALF           = 0x10,
                       CU_AD_FORMAT_FLOAT          = 0x20
                   } CUarray_format;
                Here are examples of CUDA array descriptions:
                   Description for a CUDA array of 2048 floats:
                   CUDA_ARRAY_DESCRIPTOR desc;
                   desc.Format = CU_AD_FORMAT_FLOAT;
                   desc.NumPackedComponents = 1;
                   desc.Width = 2048;
                   desc.Height = 1;
                   Description for a 64×64 CUDA array of floats:
                   CUDA_ARRAY_DESCRIPTOR desc;
                   desc.Format = CU_AD_FORMAT_FLOAT;
                   desc.NumPackedComponents = 1;
                   desc.Width = 64;
                   desc.Height = 64;
                   Description for a width×height CUDA array of 64-bit, 4x16-bit float16's:



CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                              85
Appendix C.   Driver API Reference


                     CUDA_ARRAY_DESCRIPTOR desc;
                     desc.FormatFlags = CU_AD_FORMAT_HALF;
                     desc.NumPackedComponents = 4;
                     desc.Width = width;
                     desc.Height = height;
                     Description for a width×height CUDA array of 16-bit elements, each of
                     which is two 8-bit unsigned chars:
                     CUDA_ARRAY_DESCRIPTOR arrayDesc;
                     desc.FormatFlags = CU_AD_FORMAT_UNSIGNED_INT8;
                     desc.NumPackedComponents = 2;
                     desc.Width = width;
                     desc.Height = height;



C.6.8             cuArrayGetDescriptor()
                  CUresult cuArrayGetDescriptor(CUDA_ARRAY_DESCRIPTOR* arrayDesc,
                                                CUarray array);
                  returns in *arrayDesc the descriptor that was used to create the CUDA array
                  array. It is useful for subroutines that have been passed a CUDA array, but need
                  to know the CUDA array parameters for validation or other purposes.


C.6.9             cuArrayDestroy()
                  CUresult cuArrayDestroy(CUarray array);
                  destroys the CUDA array array.


C.6.10            cuMemset()
                  CUresult cuMemsetD8(CUdeviceptr dstDevice,
                                      unsigned char value, unsigned int count);
                  CUresult cuMemsetD16(CUdeviceptr dstDevice,
                                       unsigned short value, unsigned int count);
                  CUresult cuMemsetD32(CUdeviceptr dstDevice,
                                       unsigned int value, unsigned int count);
                  sets the memory range of count 8-, 16-, or 32-bit values to the specified value
                  value.


C.6.11            cuMemcpyStoD()
                  CUresult cuMemcpyStoD(CUdeviceptr dstDevPtr,
                                        const void *srcHostPtr,
                                        unsigned int count);
                  copies from host memory to device memory. dstDevPtr and srcHostPtr
                  specify the base addresses of the destination and source, respectively. count
                  specifies the number of bytes to copy.




86                                                              CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Appendix C.   Driver API Reference



C.6.12          cuMemcpyDtoS()
                CUresult cuMemcpyDtoS(void* dstHostPtr,
                                      CUdeviceptr srcDevPtr,
                                      unsigned int count);
                copies from device to host memory. dstHostPtr and srcDevPtr specify the
                base addresses of the source and destination, respectively. count specifies the
                number of bytes to copy.


C.6.13          cuMemcpyDtoD()
                CUresult cuMemcpyDtoD(CUdeviceptr dstDevPtr,
                                      CUdeviceptr srcDevPtr,
                                      unsigned int count);
                copies from device memory to device memory. dstDevice and srcDevPtr are
                the base pointers of the destination and source, respectively. count specifies the
                number of bytes to copy.


C.6.14          cuMemcpyDtoA()
                CUresult cuMemcpyDtoA(CUarray dstArray, unsigned int dstIndex,
                                      CUdeviceptr srcDevPtr,
                                      unsigned int count);
                copies from device memory to a 1D CUDA array. dstArray and dstIndex
                specify the CUDA array handle and starting index of the destination data.
                srcDevPtr specifies the base pointer of the source. count specifies the number
                of bytes to copy.


C.6.15          cuMemcpyAtoD()
                CUresult cuMemcpyAtoD(CUdeviceptr dstDevPtr,
                                      CUarray srcArray, unsigned int srcIndex,
                                      unsigned int count);
                copies from a 1D CUDA array to device memory. dstDevPtr specifies the base
                pointer of the destination and must be naturally aligned with the CUDA array
                elements. srcArray and srcIndex specify the CUDA array handle and the index
                (in array elements) of the array element where the copy is to begin. count specifies
                the number of bytes to copy and must be evenly divisible by the array element size.


C.6.16          cuMemcpyAtoS()
                CUresult cuMemcpyAtoS(void* dstHostPtr,
                                      CUarray srcArray, unsigned int srcIndex,
                                      unsigned int count);
                copies from a 1D CUDA array to host memory. dstHostPtr specifies the base
                pointer of the destination. srcArray and srcIndex specify the CUDA array
                handle and starting index of the source data. count specifies the number of bytes
                to copy.


CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                              87
Appendix C.   Driver API Reference


C.6.17            cuMemcpyStoA()
                  CUresult cuMemcpyStoA(CUarray dstArray, unsigned int dstIndex,
                                        const void *srcHostPtr,
                                        unsigned int count);
                  copies from host memory to a 1D CUDA array. dstArray and dstIndex specify
                  the CUDA array handle and starting index of the destination data. srcHostPtr
                  specify the base addresse of the source. count specifies the number of bytes to
                  copy.


C.6.18            cuMemcpyAtoA()
                  CUresult cuMemcpyAtoA(CUarray dstArray, unsigned int dstIndex,
                                        CUarray srcArray, unsigned int srcIndex,
                                        unsigned int count);
                  copies from one 1D CUDA array to another. dstArray and srcArray specify
                  the handles of the destination and source CUDA arrays for the copy, respectively.
                  dstIndex and srcIndex specify the destination and source indices into the
                  CUDA array. These values are in the range [0, Width-1] for the CUDA array;
                  they are not byte offsets. count is the number of bytes to be copied. The size of
                  the elements in the CUDA arrays need not be the same format, but the elements
                  must be the same size; and count must be evenly divisible by that size.


C.6.19            cuMemcpy2D()
                  CUresult cuMemcpy2D(const CUDA_MEMCPY2D* copyParam);
                  CUresult cuMemcpy2DUnaligned(const CUDA_MEMCPY2D* copyParam);
                  perform a 2D memory copy according to the parameters specified in copyParam.
                  The CUDA_MEMCPY2D structure is defined as such:
                     typedef struct CUDA_MEMCPY2D_st {

                           unsigned int srcXInBytes, srcY;
                           CUmemorytype srcMemoryType;
                               const void *srcSystem;
                               CUdeviceptr srcDevice;
                               CUarray srcArray;
                               unsigned int srcPitch;

                           unsigned int dstXInBytes, dstY;
                           CUmemorytype dstMemoryType;
                               void *dstSystem;
                               CUdeviceptr dstDevice;
                               CUarray dstArray;
                               unsigned int dstPitch;

                         unsigned int WidthInBytes;
                         unsigned int Height;
                     } CUDA_MEMCPY2D;
                  where:




88                                                             CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Appendix C.   Driver API Reference


                   srcMemoryType and dstMemoryType specify the type of memory of the
                   source and destination, respectively; Cumemorytype_enum is defined as such:
                   typedef enum CUmemorytype_enum {
                       CU_MEMORYTYPE_SYSTEM = 0x01,
                       CU_MEMORYTYPE_DEVICE = 0x02,
                       CU_MEMORYTYPE_ARRAY = 0x03
                   } CUmemorytype;
                   If srcMemoryType is CU_MEMORYTYPE_SYSTEM, srcSystem and
                   srcPitch specify the (system) base address of the source data and the bytes per
                   row to apply. srcArray is ignored.
                   If srcMemoryType is CU_MEMORYTYPE_DEVICE, srcDevice and
                   srcPitch specify the (device) base address of the source data and the bytes per
                   row to apply. srcArray is ignored.
                   If srcMemoryType is CU_MEMORYTYPE_ARRAY, srcArray specifies the
                   handle of the source data. srcSystem, srcDevice and srcPitch are
                   ignored.
                   If dstMemoryType is CU_MEMORYTYPE_SYSTEM, dstSystem and
                   dstPitch specify the (system) base address of the destination data and the
                   bytes per row to apply. dstArray is ignored.
                   If dstMemoryType is CU_MEMORYTYPE_DEVICE, dstDevice and
                   dstPitch specify the (device) base address of the destination data and the
                   bytes per row to apply. dstArray is ignored.
                   If dstMemoryType is CU_MEMORYTYPE_ARRAY, dstArray specifies the
                   handle of the destination data. dstSystem, dstDevice and dstPitch are
                   ignored.
                   srcXInBytes and srcY specify the base address of the source data for the
                   copy.
                   For system pointers, the starting address is
                   void* StartSystem =
                            (void*)((char*)srcSystem+srcY*srcPitch + srcXInBytes);
                   For device pointers, the starting address is
                   CUdeviceptr StartSystem = srcDevice+srcY*srcPitch+srcXInBytes;
                   For CUDA arrays, srcXInBytes must be evenly divisible by the array element
                   size.
                   dstXInBytes and dstY specify the base address of the destination data for the
                   copy.
                   For system pointers, the base address is
                   void* dstStart =
                            (void*)((char*)dstSystem+dstY*dstPitch + dstXInBytes);
                   For device pointers, the starting address is
                   CUdeviceptr dstStart = dstDevice+dstY*dstPitch+dstXInBytes;
                   For CUDA arrays, dstXInBytes must be evenly divisible by the array element
                   size.




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                             89
Appendix C.   Driver API Reference


                     WidthInBytes and Height specify the width (in bytes) and height of the 2D
                     copy being performed. Any pitches must be greater than or equal to
                     WidthInBytes.
                  cuMemAlloc2D() passes back pitches that always work with cuMemcpy2D(). On
                  intra-device memory copies (device↔device, CUDA array↔device, CUDA array↔
                  CUDA array), cuMemcpy2D() may fail for pitches not computed by
                  cuMemAlloc2D(). cuMemcpy2DUnaligned() does not have this restriction,
                  but may run significantly slower in the cases where cuMemcpy2D() would have
                  returned an error code.


C.7               Texture Reference Management

C.7.1             cuModuleGetTexRef()
                  CUresult cuModuleGetTexRef(CUtexref* texRef,
                                             CUmodule mod, const char* texrefname);
                  returns in *texRef the handle of the texture reference of name texrefname that
                  was created when the module mod was loaded. This texture reference handle should
                  not be destroyed, since it will be destroyed when the module is unloaded.


C.7.2             cuTexRefCreate()
                  CUresult cuTexRefCreate(CUtexref* texRef);
                  creates a texture reference and returns its handle in *texRef. Once created, the
                  application must call cuTexRefSetArray() or cuTexRefSetAddress() to
                  associate the reference with allocated memory. Other texture reference functions
                  are used to specify the format and interpretation (addressing, filtering, etc.) to be
                  used when the memory is read through this texture reference. To associate the
                  texture reference with a texture ordinal for a given function, the application should
                  call cuParamSetTexRef().


C.7.3             cuTexRefDestroy()
                  CUresult cuTexRefDestroy(CUtexref texRef);
                  destroys the texture reference.


C.7.4             cuTexRefSetArray()
                  CUresult cuTexRefSetArray(CUtexref texRef,
                                            CUarray array,
                                            unsigned int flags);
                  binds the CUDA array array to the texture reference texRef. Any previous
                  address or CUDA array state associated with the texture reference is superseded by
                  this function. flags must be set to CU_TRSA_OVERRIDE_FORMAT.




90                                                               CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Appendix C.   Driver API Reference



C.7.5           cuTexRefSetAddress()
                CUresult cuTexRefSetAddress(CUtexref texRef,
                                            CUdeviceptr base, CUdeviceptr devPtr,
                                            unsigned int bytes);
                binds a linear address range to the texture reference texRef. Any previous address
                or CUDA array state associated with the texture reference is superseded by this
                function.


C.7.6           cuTexRefSetFormat()
                CUresult cuTexRefSetFormat(CUtexref texRef,
                                           CUarray_format format,
                                           unsigned int numPackedComponents);
                specifies the format of the data to be read by the texture reference texRef.
                format and numPackedComponents are exactly analogous to the Format and
                NumPackedComponents members of the CUDA_ARRAY_DESCRIPTOR structure:
                They specify the format of each component and the number of components per
                array element.


C.7.7           cuTexRefSetAddressMode()
                CUresult cuTexRefSetAddressMode(CUtexref texRef,
                                                unsigned int dim,
                                                CUaddress_mode mode);
                specifies the addressing mode mode for the given dimension of the texture
                reference texRef. If dim is zero, the addressing mode is applied to the first
                parameter of the texfetch()function used to fetch from the texture; if dim is 1,
                the second, and so on. CUaddress_mode is defined as such:
                   typedef enum CUaddress_mode_enum {
                        CU_TR_ADDRESS_MODE_WRAP = 0,
                        CU_TR_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP = 1,
                        CU_TR_ADDRESS_MODE_MIRROR = 2,
                   } CUaddress_mode;
                Note that this call has no effect if texRef is bound to linear memory.


C.7.8           cuTexRefSetFilterMode()
                CUresult cuTexRefSetFilterMode(CUtexref texRef,
                                               CUfilter_mode mode);
                specifies the filtering mode mode to be used when reading memory through the
                texture reference texRef. CUfilter_mode_enum is defined as such:
                   typedef enum CUfilter_mode_enum {
                       CU_TR_FILTER_MODE_POINT = 0,
                       CU_TR_FILTER_MODE_LINEAR = 1
                   } CUfilter_mode;
                Note that this call has no effect if texRef is bound to linear memory.




CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                             91
Appendix C.   Driver API Reference


C.7.9             cuTexRefSetFlags()
                  CUresult cuTexRefSetFlags(CUtexref texRef, unsigned int Flags);
                  specifies optional flags to control the behavior of data returned through the texture
                  reference. The valid flags are:
                     CU_TRSF_READ_AS_INTEGER, which suppresses the default behavior of
                     having the texture promote integer data to floating point data in the range [0, 1];
                     CU_TRSF_NORMALIZED_COORDINATES, which suppresses the default
                     behavior of having the texture coordinates range from [0, Dim) where Dim is
                     the width or height of the CUDA array. Instead, the texture coordinates [0, 1.0)
                     reference the entire breadth of the array dimension.


C.7.10            cuTexRefGetAddress()
                  CUresult cuTexRefGetAddress(CUdeviceptr* baseAddress,
                                              CUdeviceptr* pdptr, CUtexref texRef);
                  returns in *baseAddress the base address bound to the texture reference
                  texRef, or returns CUDA_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE if the texture reference is not
                  bound to any device memory range.


C.7.11            cuTexRefGetArray()
                  CUresult cuTexRefGetArray(CUarray* array, CUtexref texRef);
                  returns in *array the CUDA array bound by the texture reference texRef, or
                  returns CUDA_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE if the texture reference is not bound to
                  any CUDA array.


C.7.12            cuTexRefGetAddressMode()
                  CUresult cuTexRefGetAddressMode(CUaddress_mode* mode,
                                                  CUtexref texRef,
                                                  unsigned int dim);
                  returns in *mode the addressing mode corresponding to the dimension dim of the
                  texture reference texRef. Currently the only valid values for dim are 0 and 1.


C.7.13            cuTexRefGetFilterMode()
                  CUresult cuTexRefGetFilterMode(CUfilter_mode* mode,
                                                 CUtexref texRef);
                  returns in *mode the filtering mode of the texture reference texRef.


C.7.14            cuTexRefGetFormat()
                  CUresult cuTexRefGetFormat(CUarray_format* format,
                                             unsigned int* numPackedComponents,
                                             CUtexref texRef);



92                                                               CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Appendix C.   Driver API Reference


                returns in *format and *numPackedComponents the format and number of
                components of the CUDA array bound to the texture reference texRef. If
                format or numPackedComponents is null, it will be ignored.


C.7.15          cuTexRefGetFlags()
                CUresult cuTexRefGetFlags(unsigned int* flags, CUtexref texRef);
                returns in *flags the flags of the texture reference texRef.


C.8             OpenGL Interoperability

C.8.1           cuGLInit()
                CUresult cuGLInit(void);
                initializes OpenGL interoperability. It must be called before performing any other
                OpenGL interoperability operations. It may fail if the needed OpenGL driver
                facilities are not available.


C.8.2           cuGLRegisterBufferObject()
                CUresult cuGLRegisterBufferObject(GLuint bufferObj);
                registers the buffer object of ID bufferObj for access by CUDA. This function
                must be called before CUDA can map the buffer object. While it is registered, the
                buffer object cannot be used by any OpenGL commands except as a data source for
                OpenGL drawing commands.


C.8.3           cuGLMapBufferObject()
                CUresult cuGLMapBufferObject(CUdeviceptr* devPtr,
                                             unsigned int* size,
                                             GLuint bufferObj);
                maps the buffer object of ID bufferObj into the address space of the current
                CUDA context and returns in *devPtr and *size the base pointer and size of the
                resulting mapping.


C.8.4           cuGLUnmapBufferObject()
                CUresult cuGLUnmapBufferObject(GLuint bufferObj);
                unmaps the buffer object of ID bufferObj for access by CUDA.


C.8.5           cuGLUnregisterBufferObject()
                CUresult cuGLUnregisterBufferObject(GLuint bufferObj);
                unregisters the buffer object of ID bufferObj for access by CUDA.



CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2                                                             93
Appendix C.   Driver API Reference



C.9               Direct3D Interoperability

C.9.1             cuD3D9Begin()
                  CUresult cuD3D9Begin(IDirect3DDevice9* device);
                  initializes interoperability with the Direct3D device device. This function must be
                  called before CUDA can map any objects from device. The application can then
                  map vertex buffers owned by the Direct3D device until cuD3D9End() is called.


C.9.2             cuD3D9End()
                  CUresult cuD3D9End();
                  concludes interoperability with the Direct3D device previously specified to
                  cuD3D9Begin().


C.9.3             cuD3D9RegisterVertexBuffer()
                  CUresult cuD3D9RegisterVertexBuffer(IDirect3DVertexBuffer9* VB);
                  registers the Direct3D vertex buffer VB for access by CUDA.


C.9.4             cuD3D9MapVertexBuffer()
                  CUresult cuD3D9MapVertexBuffer(CUdeviceptr* devPtr,
                                                 unsigned int* size,
                                                 IDirect3DVertexBuffer9* VB);
                  maps the Direct3D vertex buffer VB into the address space of the current CUDA
                  context and returns in *devPtr and *size the base pointer and size of the
                  resulting mapping.


C.9.5             cuD3D9UnmapVertexBuffer()
                  CUresult cuD3D9UnmapVertexBuffer(IDirect3DVertexBuffer9* VB);
                  unmaps the vertex buffer VB for access by CUDA.




94                                                              CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
Notice
ALL NVIDIA DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS, REFERENCE BOARDS, FILES, DRAWINGS, DIAGNOSTICS, LISTS, AND
OTHER DOCUMENTS (TOGETHER AND SEPARATELY, “MATERIALS”) ARE BEING PROVIDED “AS IS.” NVIDIA
MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED, STATUTORY, OR OTHERWISE WITH RESPECT TO THE
MATERIALS, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NONINFRINGEMENT,
MERCHANTABILITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Information furnished is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, NVIDIA Corporation assumes no
responsibility for the consequences of use of such information or for any infringement of patents or other
rights of third parties that may result from its use. No license is granted by implication or otherwise under any
patent or patent rights of NVIDIA Corporation. Specifications mentioned in this publication are subject to
change without notice. This publication supersedes and replaces all information previously supplied. NVIDIA
Corporation products are not authorized for use as critical components in life support devices or systems
without express written approval of NVIDIA Corporation.
Trademarks
NVIDIA, the NVIDIA logo, GeForce and Quadro are trademarks or registered trademarks of NVIDIA
Corporation. Other company and product names may be trademarks of the respective companies with which
they are associated.
Copyright
© 2007 NVIDIA Corporation. All rights reserved.




                                    NVIDIA Corporation
                                2701 San Tomas Expressway
                                   Santa Clara, CA 95050
                                      www.nvidia.com
Ad

More Related Content

What's hot (17)

Manual programação stm 32 f4
Manual programação stm 32 f4Manual programação stm 32 f4
Manual programação stm 32 f4
Ricardo Albani
 
PhD-2013-Arnaud
PhD-2013-ArnaudPhD-2013-Arnaud
PhD-2013-Arnaud
Jean-Baptiste Arnaud
 
Ibm info sphere datastage data flow and job design
Ibm info sphere datastage data flow and job designIbm info sphere datastage data flow and job design
Ibm info sphere datastage data flow and job design
divjeev
 
The maxima book
The maxima bookThe maxima book
The maxima book
ssuser0efdb21
 
Implementing tws extended agent for tivoli storage manager sg246030
Implementing tws extended agent for tivoli storage manager   sg246030Implementing tws extended agent for tivoli storage manager   sg246030
Implementing tws extended agent for tivoli storage manager sg246030
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
10.1.1.652.4894
10.1.1.652.489410.1.1.652.4894
10.1.1.652.4894
Joshua Landwehr
 
sg247413
sg247413sg247413
sg247413
Manny Dhanjal
 
Coding interview preparation
Coding interview preparationCoding interview preparation
Coding interview preparation
SrinevethaAR
 
Developing workflows and automation packages for ibm tivoli intelligent orche...
Developing workflows and automation packages for ibm tivoli intelligent orche...Developing workflows and automation packages for ibm tivoli intelligent orche...
Developing workflows and automation packages for ibm tivoli intelligent orche...
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Thats How We C
Thats How We CThats How We C
Thats How We C
Vineeth Kartha
 
Matlab ilu
Matlab iluMatlab ilu
Matlab ilu
Ashish Bhardwaj
 
Math for programmers
Math for programmersMath for programmers
Math for programmers
mustafa sarac
 
zend framework 2
zend framework 2zend framework 2
zend framework 2
Sridhar Mantha
 
NeuroDimension Neuro Solutions HELP
NeuroDimension Neuro Solutions HELPNeuroDimension Neuro Solutions HELP
NeuroDimension Neuro Solutions HELP
ESCOM
 
Performance tuning for content manager sg246949
Performance tuning for content manager sg246949Performance tuning for content manager sg246949
Performance tuning for content manager sg246949
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Memory synthesis using_ai_methods
Memory synthesis using_ai_methodsMemory synthesis using_ai_methods
Memory synthesis using_ai_methods
Gabriel Mateescu
 
Jiu manual
Jiu   manualJiu   manual
Jiu manual
vicnetepc
 
Manual programação stm 32 f4
Manual programação stm 32 f4Manual programação stm 32 f4
Manual programação stm 32 f4
Ricardo Albani
 
Ibm info sphere datastage data flow and job design
Ibm info sphere datastage data flow and job designIbm info sphere datastage data flow and job design
Ibm info sphere datastage data flow and job design
divjeev
 
Implementing tws extended agent for tivoli storage manager sg246030
Implementing tws extended agent for tivoli storage manager   sg246030Implementing tws extended agent for tivoli storage manager   sg246030
Implementing tws extended agent for tivoli storage manager sg246030
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Coding interview preparation
Coding interview preparationCoding interview preparation
Coding interview preparation
SrinevethaAR
 
Developing workflows and automation packages for ibm tivoli intelligent orche...
Developing workflows and automation packages for ibm tivoli intelligent orche...Developing workflows and automation packages for ibm tivoli intelligent orche...
Developing workflows and automation packages for ibm tivoli intelligent orche...
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Math for programmers
Math for programmersMath for programmers
Math for programmers
mustafa sarac
 
NeuroDimension Neuro Solutions HELP
NeuroDimension Neuro Solutions HELPNeuroDimension Neuro Solutions HELP
NeuroDimension Neuro Solutions HELP
ESCOM
 
Memory synthesis using_ai_methods
Memory synthesis using_ai_methodsMemory synthesis using_ai_methods
Memory synthesis using_ai_methods
Gabriel Mateescu
 

Viewers also liked (14)

Cuda
CudaCuda
Cuda
Amy Devadas
 
Gpu with cuda architecture
Gpu with cuda architectureGpu with cuda architecture
Gpu with cuda architecture
Dhaval Kaneria
 
CUDA
CUDACUDA
CUDA
Rachel Miller
 
GPU: Understanding CUDA
GPU: Understanding CUDAGPU: Understanding CUDA
GPU: Understanding CUDA
Joaquín Aparicio Ramos
 
Introduction to parallel computing using CUDA
Introduction to parallel computing using CUDAIntroduction to parallel computing using CUDA
Introduction to parallel computing using CUDA
Martin Peniak
 
Introduction to CUDA
Introduction to CUDAIntroduction to CUDA
Introduction to CUDA
Raymond Tay
 
Cuda tutorial
Cuda tutorialCuda tutorial
Cuda tutorial
Mahesh Khadatare
 
08 - it3D Summit 2016 - Grid - T. Riley- NVIDIA
08 - it3D Summit 2016 - Grid - T. Riley- NVIDIA08 - it3D Summit 2016 - Grid - T. Riley- NVIDIA
08 - it3D Summit 2016 - Grid - T. Riley- NVIDIA
Virginia Grubert
 
nvidia-intro
nvidia-intronvidia-intro
nvidia-intro
Manjunath Shivashankar
 
CUDA vs OpenCL
CUDA vs OpenCLCUDA vs OpenCL
CUDA vs OpenCL
John Melonakos
 
A beginner’s guide to programming GPUs with CUDA
A beginner’s guide to programming GPUs with CUDAA beginner’s guide to programming GPUs with CUDA
A beginner’s guide to programming GPUs with CUDA
Piyush Mittal
 
Introduction to OpenCL, 2010
Introduction to OpenCL, 2010Introduction to OpenCL, 2010
Introduction to OpenCL, 2010
Tomasz Bednarz
 
Hands on OpenCL
Hands on OpenCLHands on OpenCL
Hands on OpenCL
Vladimir Starostenkov
 
Google glass ppt
Google glass pptGoogle glass ppt
Google glass ppt
Nidhin P Koshy
 
Ad

Similar to Nvidia cuda programming_guide_0.8.2 (20)

AIX 5L Differences Guide Version 5.3 Edition
AIX 5L Differences Guide Version 5.3 EditionAIX 5L Differences Guide Version 5.3 Edition
AIX 5L Differences Guide Version 5.3 Edition
IBM India Smarter Computing
 
Gdfs sg246374
Gdfs sg246374Gdfs sg246374
Gdfs sg246374
Accenture
 
jc_thesis_final
jc_thesis_finaljc_thesis_final
jc_thesis_final
Jonah Caplan
 
Expert_Programming_manual.pdf
Expert_Programming_manual.pdfExpert_Programming_manual.pdf
Expert_Programming_manual.pdf
EMERSON EDUARDO RODRIGUES
 
Mastering Modern C++: C++11, C++14, C++17, C++20, C++23
Mastering Modern C++:  C++11, C++14, C++17, C++20, C++23Mastering Modern C++:  C++11, C++14, C++17, C++20, C++23
Mastering Modern C++: C++11, C++14, C++17, C++20, C++23
Massimo Talia
 
Hibernate reference
Hibernate referenceHibernate reference
Hibernate reference
Arvind Moorthy
 
Ns doc
Ns docNs doc
Ns doc
Pratik Joshi
 
Gcrypt
GcryptGcrypt
Gcrypt
Allysandra Mendoza
 
nasa-safer-using-b-method
nasa-safer-using-b-methodnasa-safer-using-b-method
nasa-safer-using-b-method
Sylvain Verly
 
Aidan_O_Mahony_Project_Report
Aidan_O_Mahony_Project_ReportAidan_O_Mahony_Project_Report
Aidan_O_Mahony_Project_Report
Aidan O Mahony
 
Team Omni L2 Requirements Revised
Team Omni L2 Requirements RevisedTeam Omni L2 Requirements Revised
Team Omni L2 Requirements Revised
Andrew Daws
 
Report on e-Notice App (An Android Application)
Report on e-Notice App (An Android Application)Report on e-Notice App (An Android Application)
Report on e-Notice App (An Android Application)
Priyanka Kapoor
 
An Introduction to Computer Science - python
An Introduction to Computer Science - pythonAn Introduction to Computer Science - python
An Introduction to Computer Science - python
LuisFernandoLozano5
 
Gdbint
GdbintGdbint
Gdbint
Shantanu Sharma, Ph.D.
 
Tinyos programming
Tinyos programmingTinyos programming
Tinyos programming
ssuserf04f61
 
Swi prolog-6.2.6
Swi prolog-6.2.6Swi prolog-6.2.6
Swi prolog-6.2.6
Omar Reyna Angeles
 
test6
test6test6
test6
Qingxiu Chen
 
devicetree-specification
devicetree-specificationdevicetree-specification
devicetree-specification
SurajRGupta2
 
Db2 udb backup and recovery with ess copy services
Db2 udb backup and recovery with ess copy servicesDb2 udb backup and recovery with ess copy services
Db2 udb backup and recovery with ess copy services
bupbechanhgmail
 
Ibm storage infrastructure for business continuityredp4605
Ibm storage infrastructure for business continuityredp4605Ibm storage infrastructure for business continuityredp4605
Ibm storage infrastructure for business continuityredp4605
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Gdfs sg246374
Gdfs sg246374Gdfs sg246374
Gdfs sg246374
Accenture
 
Mastering Modern C++: C++11, C++14, C++17, C++20, C++23
Mastering Modern C++:  C++11, C++14, C++17, C++20, C++23Mastering Modern C++:  C++11, C++14, C++17, C++20, C++23
Mastering Modern C++: C++11, C++14, C++17, C++20, C++23
Massimo Talia
 
nasa-safer-using-b-method
nasa-safer-using-b-methodnasa-safer-using-b-method
nasa-safer-using-b-method
Sylvain Verly
 
Aidan_O_Mahony_Project_Report
Aidan_O_Mahony_Project_ReportAidan_O_Mahony_Project_Report
Aidan_O_Mahony_Project_Report
Aidan O Mahony
 
Team Omni L2 Requirements Revised
Team Omni L2 Requirements RevisedTeam Omni L2 Requirements Revised
Team Omni L2 Requirements Revised
Andrew Daws
 
Report on e-Notice App (An Android Application)
Report on e-Notice App (An Android Application)Report on e-Notice App (An Android Application)
Report on e-Notice App (An Android Application)
Priyanka Kapoor
 
An Introduction to Computer Science - python
An Introduction to Computer Science - pythonAn Introduction to Computer Science - python
An Introduction to Computer Science - python
LuisFernandoLozano5
 
Tinyos programming
Tinyos programmingTinyos programming
Tinyos programming
ssuserf04f61
 
devicetree-specification
devicetree-specificationdevicetree-specification
devicetree-specification
SurajRGupta2
 
Db2 udb backup and recovery with ess copy services
Db2 udb backup and recovery with ess copy servicesDb2 udb backup and recovery with ess copy services
Db2 udb backup and recovery with ess copy services
bupbechanhgmail
 
Ibm storage infrastructure for business continuityredp4605
Ibm storage infrastructure for business continuityredp4605Ibm storage infrastructure for business continuityredp4605
Ibm storage infrastructure for business continuityredp4605
Banking at Ho Chi Minh city
 
Ad

More from Piyush Mittal (20)

Power mock
Power mockPower mock
Power mock
Piyush Mittal
 
Design pattern tutorial
Design pattern tutorialDesign pattern tutorial
Design pattern tutorial
Piyush Mittal
 
Reflection
ReflectionReflection
Reflection
Piyush Mittal
 
Gpu archi
Gpu archiGpu archi
Gpu archi
Piyush Mittal
 
Cuda Architecture
Cuda ArchitectureCuda Architecture
Cuda Architecture
Piyush Mittal
 
Intel open mp
Intel open mpIntel open mp
Intel open mp
Piyush Mittal
 
Intro to parallel computing
Intro to parallel computingIntro to parallel computing
Intro to parallel computing
Piyush Mittal
 
Cuda toolkit reference manual
Cuda toolkit reference manualCuda toolkit reference manual
Cuda toolkit reference manual
Piyush Mittal
 
Matrix multiplication using CUDA
Matrix multiplication using CUDAMatrix multiplication using CUDA
Matrix multiplication using CUDA
Piyush Mittal
 
Channel coding
Channel codingChannel coding
Channel coding
Piyush Mittal
 
Basics of Coding Theory
Basics of Coding TheoryBasics of Coding Theory
Basics of Coding Theory
Piyush Mittal
 
Java cheat sheet
Java cheat sheetJava cheat sheet
Java cheat sheet
Piyush Mittal
 
Google app engine cheat sheet
Google app engine cheat sheetGoogle app engine cheat sheet
Google app engine cheat sheet
Piyush Mittal
 
Git cheat sheet
Git cheat sheetGit cheat sheet
Git cheat sheet
Piyush Mittal
 
Css cheat sheet
Css cheat sheetCss cheat sheet
Css cheat sheet
Piyush Mittal
 
Ubuntu cheat sheet
Ubuntu cheat sheetUbuntu cheat sheet
Ubuntu cheat sheet
Piyush Mittal
 
Php cheat sheet
Php cheat sheetPhp cheat sheet
Php cheat sheet
Piyush Mittal
 
oracle 9i cheat sheet
oracle 9i cheat sheetoracle 9i cheat sheet
oracle 9i cheat sheet
Piyush Mittal
 

Recently uploaded (20)

OpenAI Just Announced Codex: A cloud engineering agent that excels in handlin...
OpenAI Just Announced Codex: A cloud engineering agent that excels in handlin...OpenAI Just Announced Codex: A cloud engineering agent that excels in handlin...
OpenAI Just Announced Codex: A cloud engineering agent that excels in handlin...
SOFTTECHHUB
 
Dark Dynamism: drones, dark factories and deurbanization
Dark Dynamism: drones, dark factories and deurbanizationDark Dynamism: drones, dark factories and deurbanization
Dark Dynamism: drones, dark factories and deurbanization
Jakub Šimek
 
Cybersecurity Threat Vectors and Mitigation
Cybersecurity Threat Vectors and MitigationCybersecurity Threat Vectors and Mitigation
Cybersecurity Threat Vectors and Mitigation
VICTOR MAESTRE RAMIREZ
 
IT484 Cyber Forensics_Information Technology
IT484 Cyber Forensics_Information TechnologyIT484 Cyber Forensics_Information Technology
IT484 Cyber Forensics_Information Technology
SHEHABALYAMANI
 
Agentic Automation - Delhi UiPath Community Meetup
Agentic Automation - Delhi UiPath Community MeetupAgentic Automation - Delhi UiPath Community Meetup
Agentic Automation - Delhi UiPath Community Meetup
Manoj Batra (1600 + Connections)
 
Refactoring meta-rauc-community: Cleaner Code, Better Maintenance, More Machines
Refactoring meta-rauc-community: Cleaner Code, Better Maintenance, More MachinesRefactoring meta-rauc-community: Cleaner Code, Better Maintenance, More Machines
Refactoring meta-rauc-community: Cleaner Code, Better Maintenance, More Machines
Leon Anavi
 
Sustainable_Development_Goals_INDIANWraa
Sustainable_Development_Goals_INDIANWraaSustainable_Development_Goals_INDIANWraa
Sustainable_Development_Goals_INDIANWraa
03ANMOLCHAURASIYA
 
Harmonizing Multi-Agent Intelligence | Open Data Science Conference | Gary Ar...
Harmonizing Multi-Agent Intelligence | Open Data Science Conference | Gary Ar...Harmonizing Multi-Agent Intelligence | Open Data Science Conference | Gary Ar...
Harmonizing Multi-Agent Intelligence | Open Data Science Conference | Gary Ar...
Gary Arora
 
Digital Technologies for Culture, Arts and Heritage: Insights from Interdisci...
Digital Technologies for Culture, Arts and Heritage: Insights from Interdisci...Digital Technologies for Culture, Arts and Heritage: Insights from Interdisci...
Digital Technologies for Culture, Arts and Heritage: Insights from Interdisci...
Vasileios Komianos
 
Secondary Storage for a microcontroller system
Secondary Storage for a microcontroller systemSecondary Storage for a microcontroller system
Secondary Storage for a microcontroller system
fizarcse
 
Shoehorning dependency injection into a FP language, what does it take?
Shoehorning dependency injection into a FP language, what does it take?Shoehorning dependency injection into a FP language, what does it take?
Shoehorning dependency injection into a FP language, what does it take?
Eric Torreborre
 
Mastering Testing in the Modern F&B Landscape
Mastering Testing in the Modern F&B LandscapeMastering Testing in the Modern F&B Landscape
Mastering Testing in the Modern F&B Landscape
marketing943205
 
React Native for Business Solutions: Building Scalable Apps for Success
React Native for Business Solutions: Building Scalable Apps for SuccessReact Native for Business Solutions: Building Scalable Apps for Success
React Native for Business Solutions: Building Scalable Apps for Success
Amelia Swank
 
accessibility Considerations during Design by Rick Blair, Schneider Electric
accessibility Considerations during Design by Rick Blair, Schneider Electricaccessibility Considerations during Design by Rick Blair, Schneider Electric
accessibility Considerations during Design by Rick Blair, Schneider Electric
UXPA Boston
 
Build With AI - In Person Session Slides.pdf
Build With AI - In Person Session Slides.pdfBuild With AI - In Person Session Slides.pdf
Build With AI - In Person Session Slides.pdf
Google Developer Group - Harare
 
Limecraft Webinar - 2025.3 release, featuring Content Delivery, Graphic Conte...
Limecraft Webinar - 2025.3 release, featuring Content Delivery, Graphic Conte...Limecraft Webinar - 2025.3 release, featuring Content Delivery, Graphic Conte...
Limecraft Webinar - 2025.3 release, featuring Content Delivery, Graphic Conte...
Maarten Verwaest
 
AI x Accessibility UXPA by Stew Smith and Olivier Vroom
AI x Accessibility UXPA by Stew Smith and Olivier VroomAI x Accessibility UXPA by Stew Smith and Olivier Vroom
AI x Accessibility UXPA by Stew Smith and Olivier Vroom
UXPA Boston
 
Google DeepMind’s New AI Coding Agent AlphaEvolve.pdf
Google DeepMind’s New AI Coding Agent AlphaEvolve.pdfGoogle DeepMind’s New AI Coding Agent AlphaEvolve.pdf
Google DeepMind’s New AI Coding Agent AlphaEvolve.pdf
derrickjswork
 
DNF 2.0 Implementations Challenges in Nepal
DNF 2.0 Implementations Challenges in NepalDNF 2.0 Implementations Challenges in Nepal
DNF 2.0 Implementations Challenges in Nepal
ICT Frame Magazine Pvt. Ltd.
 
Top 5 Qualities to Look for in Salesforce Partners in 2025
Top 5 Qualities to Look for in Salesforce Partners in 2025Top 5 Qualities to Look for in Salesforce Partners in 2025
Top 5 Qualities to Look for in Salesforce Partners in 2025
Damco Salesforce Services
 
OpenAI Just Announced Codex: A cloud engineering agent that excels in handlin...
OpenAI Just Announced Codex: A cloud engineering agent that excels in handlin...OpenAI Just Announced Codex: A cloud engineering agent that excels in handlin...
OpenAI Just Announced Codex: A cloud engineering agent that excels in handlin...
SOFTTECHHUB
 
Dark Dynamism: drones, dark factories and deurbanization
Dark Dynamism: drones, dark factories and deurbanizationDark Dynamism: drones, dark factories and deurbanization
Dark Dynamism: drones, dark factories and deurbanization
Jakub Šimek
 
Cybersecurity Threat Vectors and Mitigation
Cybersecurity Threat Vectors and MitigationCybersecurity Threat Vectors and Mitigation
Cybersecurity Threat Vectors and Mitigation
VICTOR MAESTRE RAMIREZ
 
IT484 Cyber Forensics_Information Technology
IT484 Cyber Forensics_Information TechnologyIT484 Cyber Forensics_Information Technology
IT484 Cyber Forensics_Information Technology
SHEHABALYAMANI
 
Refactoring meta-rauc-community: Cleaner Code, Better Maintenance, More Machines
Refactoring meta-rauc-community: Cleaner Code, Better Maintenance, More MachinesRefactoring meta-rauc-community: Cleaner Code, Better Maintenance, More Machines
Refactoring meta-rauc-community: Cleaner Code, Better Maintenance, More Machines
Leon Anavi
 
Sustainable_Development_Goals_INDIANWraa
Sustainable_Development_Goals_INDIANWraaSustainable_Development_Goals_INDIANWraa
Sustainable_Development_Goals_INDIANWraa
03ANMOLCHAURASIYA
 
Harmonizing Multi-Agent Intelligence | Open Data Science Conference | Gary Ar...
Harmonizing Multi-Agent Intelligence | Open Data Science Conference | Gary Ar...Harmonizing Multi-Agent Intelligence | Open Data Science Conference | Gary Ar...
Harmonizing Multi-Agent Intelligence | Open Data Science Conference | Gary Ar...
Gary Arora
 
Digital Technologies for Culture, Arts and Heritage: Insights from Interdisci...
Digital Technologies for Culture, Arts and Heritage: Insights from Interdisci...Digital Technologies for Culture, Arts and Heritage: Insights from Interdisci...
Digital Technologies for Culture, Arts and Heritage: Insights from Interdisci...
Vasileios Komianos
 
Secondary Storage for a microcontroller system
Secondary Storage for a microcontroller systemSecondary Storage for a microcontroller system
Secondary Storage for a microcontroller system
fizarcse
 
Shoehorning dependency injection into a FP language, what does it take?
Shoehorning dependency injection into a FP language, what does it take?Shoehorning dependency injection into a FP language, what does it take?
Shoehorning dependency injection into a FP language, what does it take?
Eric Torreborre
 
Mastering Testing in the Modern F&B Landscape
Mastering Testing in the Modern F&B LandscapeMastering Testing in the Modern F&B Landscape
Mastering Testing in the Modern F&B Landscape
marketing943205
 
React Native for Business Solutions: Building Scalable Apps for Success
React Native for Business Solutions: Building Scalable Apps for SuccessReact Native for Business Solutions: Building Scalable Apps for Success
React Native for Business Solutions: Building Scalable Apps for Success
Amelia Swank
 
accessibility Considerations during Design by Rick Blair, Schneider Electric
accessibility Considerations during Design by Rick Blair, Schneider Electricaccessibility Considerations during Design by Rick Blair, Schneider Electric
accessibility Considerations during Design by Rick Blair, Schneider Electric
UXPA Boston
 
Limecraft Webinar - 2025.3 release, featuring Content Delivery, Graphic Conte...
Limecraft Webinar - 2025.3 release, featuring Content Delivery, Graphic Conte...Limecraft Webinar - 2025.3 release, featuring Content Delivery, Graphic Conte...
Limecraft Webinar - 2025.3 release, featuring Content Delivery, Graphic Conte...
Maarten Verwaest
 
AI x Accessibility UXPA by Stew Smith and Olivier Vroom
AI x Accessibility UXPA by Stew Smith and Olivier VroomAI x Accessibility UXPA by Stew Smith and Olivier Vroom
AI x Accessibility UXPA by Stew Smith and Olivier Vroom
UXPA Boston
 
Google DeepMind’s New AI Coding Agent AlphaEvolve.pdf
Google DeepMind’s New AI Coding Agent AlphaEvolve.pdfGoogle DeepMind’s New AI Coding Agent AlphaEvolve.pdf
Google DeepMind’s New AI Coding Agent AlphaEvolve.pdf
derrickjswork
 
Top 5 Qualities to Look for in Salesforce Partners in 2025
Top 5 Qualities to Look for in Salesforce Partners in 2025Top 5 Qualities to Look for in Salesforce Partners in 2025
Top 5 Qualities to Look for in Salesforce Partners in 2025
Damco Salesforce Services
 

Nvidia cuda programming_guide_0.8.2

  • 1. NVIDIA CUDA Compute Unified Device Architecture Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 4/24/2007
  • 2. ii CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 3. Table of Contents Chapter 1. Introduction to CUDA....................................................................... 1 1.1 The Graphics Processor Unit as a Data-Parallel Computing Device ...................1 1.2 CUDA: A New Architecture for Computing on the GPU ....................................3 1.3 Document’s Structure ...................................................................................6 Chapter 2. Programming Model......................................................................... 7 2.1 A Highly Multithreaded Coprocessor...............................................................7 2.2 Thread Batching...........................................................................................7 2.2.1 Thread Block .........................................................................................7 2.2.2 Grid of Thread Blocks.............................................................................8 2.3 Memory Model ........................................................................................... 10 Chapter 3. Hardware Implementation ............................................................ 13 3.1 A Set of SIMD Multiprocessors with On-Chip Shared Memory ........................ 13 3.2 Execution Model ......................................................................................... 14 Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface .............................................. 17 4.1 An Extension to the C Programming Language ............................................. 17 4.2 Language Extensions .................................................................................. 17 4.2.1 Function Type Qualifiers....................................................................... 18 4.2.2 Variable Type Qualifiers ....................................................................... 19 4.2.3 Execution Configuration ....................................................................... 20 4.2.4 Built-in Variables.................................................................................. 21 4.2.5 Compilation with NVCC ........................................................................ 21 4.3 Common Runtime Component..................................................................... 22 4.3.1 Built-in Vector Types............................................................................ 22 4.3.2 Mathematical Functions........................................................................ 22 4.3.3 Time Function ..................................................................................... 23 4.3.4 Texture Type....................................................................................... 23 4.4 Device Runtime Component ........................................................................ 24 4.4.1 Mathematical Functions........................................................................ 24 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 iii
  • 4. 4.4.2 Synchronization Function ..................................................................... 25 4.4.3 Type Casting Functions ........................................................................ 25 4.4.4 Texture Functions ................................................................................ 25 4.5 Host Runtime Component ........................................................................... 26 4.5.1 Common Concepts............................................................................... 26 4.5.2 Runtime API ........................................................................................ 27 4.5.3 Driver API ........................................................................................... 32 Chapter 5. GeForce 8800 Series and Quadro FX 5600/4600 Technical Specification .................................................................................... 39 5.1 General Specification .................................................................................. 39 5.2 Floating-Point Standard .............................................................................. 40 Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines ................................................................. 43 6.1 Instruction Performance ............................................................................. 43 6.1.1 Instruction Throughput ........................................................................ 43 6.1.2 Memory Bandwidth .............................................................................. 45 6.2 Number of Threads per Block...................................................................... 55 6.3 Data Transfer between Host and Device ...................................................... 56 Chapter 7. Example of Matrix Multiplication ................................................... 57 7.1 Overview ................................................................................................... 57 7.2 Source Code Listing .................................................................................... 59 7.3 Source Code Walkthrough........................................................................... 61 7.3.1 Mul() ................................................................................................ 61 7.3.2 Muld() .............................................................................................. 61 Appendix A. Mathematics Functions................................................................ 63 Appendix B. Runtime API Reference ............................................................... 67 B.1 Device Management ................................................................................... 67 B.1.1 cudaGetDeviceCount() .................................................................. 67 B.1.2 cudaGetDeviceProperties() ........................................................ 67 B.1.3 cudaChooseDevice() ...................................................................... 68 B.1.4 cudaSetDevice() ............................................................................ 68 B.1.5 cudaGetDevice() ............................................................................ 68 B.2 Memory Management ................................................................................. 68 B.2.1 cudaMalloc() .................................................................................. 68 iv CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 5. B.2.2 cudaMalloc2D() .............................................................................. 68 B.2.3 cudaFree() ...................................................................................... 69 B.2.4 cudaMallocArray() ........................................................................ 69 B.2.5 cudaFreeArray() ............................................................................ 69 B.2.6 cudaMemset() .................................................................................. 69 B.2.7 cudaMemset2D() .............................................................................. 69 B.2.8 cudaMemcpy() .................................................................................. 70 B.2.9 cudaMemcpy2D() .............................................................................. 70 B.2.10 cudaMemcpyToArray() .................................................................... 70 B.2.11 cudaMemcpy2DToArray() ................................................................ 70 B.2.12 cudaMemcpyFromArray() ................................................................ 71 B.2.13 cudaMemcpy2DFromArray() ............................................................ 71 B.2.14 cudaMemcpyArrayToArray() .......................................................... 71 B.2.15 cudaMemcpy2DArrayToArray() ...................................................... 71 B.2.16 cudaMemcpyToSymbol() .................................................................. 72 B.2.17 cudaMemcpyFromSymbol() .............................................................. 72 B.2.18 cudaGetSymbolAddress() .............................................................. 72 B.2.19 cudaGetSymbolSize() .................................................................... 73 B.3 Texture Reference Management.................................................................. 73 B.3.1 Low-Level API ..................................................................................... 73 B.3.1.1 cudaCreateChannelDesc()...................................................... 73 B.3.1.2 cudaGetChannelDesc()............................................................ 73 B.3.1.3 cudaGetTextureReference().................................................. 73 B.3.1.4 cudaBindTexture().................................................................. 73 B.3.1.5 cudaUnbindTexture().............................................................. 74 B.3.2 High-Level API..................................................................................... 74 B.3.2.1 cudaBindTexture().................................................................. 74 B.3.2.2 cudaUnbindTexture().............................................................. 74 B.4 Execution Control ....................................................................................... 75 B.4.1 cudaConfigureCall() .................................................................... 75 B.4.2 cudaLaunch() .................................................................................. 75 B.4.3 cudaSetupArgument() .................................................................... 75 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 v
  • 6. B.5 OpenGL Interoperability.............................................................................. 75 B.5.1 cudaGLRegisterBufferObject() .................................................. 75 B.5.2 cudaGLMapBufferObject() ............................................................ 76 B.5.3 cudaGLUnmapBufferObject() ........................................................ 76 B.5.4 cudaGLUnregisterBufferObject() .............................................. 76 B.6 Direct3D Interoperability............................................................................. 76 B.6.1 cudaD3D9Begin() ............................................................................ 76 B.6.2 cudaD3D9End() ................................................................................ 76 B.6.3 cudaD3D9RegisterVertexBuffer() .............................................. 76 B.6.4 cudaD3D9MapVertexBuffer() ........................................................ 76 B.6.5 cudaD3D9UnmapVertexBuffer() .................................................... 77 B.7 Error Handling............................................................................................ 77 B.7.1 cudaGetLastError() ...................................................................... 77 B.7.2 cudaGetErrorString() .................................................................. 77 Appendix C. Driver API Reference ................................................................... 79 C.1 Initialization ............................................................................................... 79 C.1.1 cuInit() .......................................................................................... 79 C.2 Device Management ................................................................................... 79 C.2.1 cuDeviceGetCount() ...................................................................... 79 C.2.2 cuDeviceGet() ................................................................................ 79 C.2.3 cuDeviceGetName() ........................................................................ 79 C.2.4 cuDeviceTotalMem() ...................................................................... 80 C.2.5 cuDeviceComputeCapability() .................................................... 80 C.3 Context Management.................................................................................. 80 C.3.1 cuCtxCreate() ................................................................................ 80 C.3.2 cuCtxAttach() ................................................................................ 80 C.3.3 cuCtxDetach() ................................................................................ 80 C.4 Module Management .................................................................................. 80 C.4.1 cuModuleLoad() .............................................................................. 80 C.4.2 cuModuleLoadData() ...................................................................... 81 C.4.3 cuModuleUnload() .......................................................................... 81 C.4.4 cuModuleGetFunction() ................................................................ 81 vi CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 7. C.4.5 cuModuleGetGlobal() .................................................................... 81 C.4.6 cuModuleGetTexRef() .................................................................... 81 C.5 Execution Control ....................................................................................... 82 C.5.1 cuFuncSetBlockShape() ................................................................ 82 C.5.2 cuFuncSetSharedSize() ................................................................ 82 C.5.3 cuParamSetSize() .......................................................................... 82 C.5.4 cuParamSeti() ................................................................................ 82 C.5.5 cuParamSetf() ................................................................................ 82 C.5.6 cuParamSetv() ................................................................................ 82 C.5.7 cuParamSetArray() ........................................................................ 83 C.5.8 cuLaunch() ...................................................................................... 83 C.5.9 cuLaunchGrid() .............................................................................. 83 C.6 Memory Management ................................................................................. 83 C.6.1 cuMemAlloc() .................................................................................. 83 C.6.2 cuMemAlloc2D() .............................................................................. 83 C.6.3 cuMemFree() .................................................................................... 84 C.6.4 cuMemAllocSystem() ...................................................................... 84 C.6.5 cuMemFreeSystem() ........................................................................ 84 C.6.6 cuMemGetAddressRange() .............................................................. 84 C.6.7 cuArrayCreate() ............................................................................ 85 C.6.8 cuArrayGetDescriptor() .............................................................. 86 C.6.9 cuArrayDestroy() .......................................................................... 86 C.6.10 cuMemset() ...................................................................................... 86 C.6.11 cuMemcpyStoD() .............................................................................. 86 C.6.12 cuMemcpyDtoS() .............................................................................. 87 C.6.13 cuMemcpyDtoD() .............................................................................. 87 C.6.14 cuMemcpyDtoA() .............................................................................. 87 C.6.15 cuMemcpyAtoD() .............................................................................. 87 C.6.16 cuMemcpyAtoS() .............................................................................. 87 C.6.17 cuMemcpyStoA() .............................................................................. 88 C.6.18 cuMemcpyAtoA() .............................................................................. 88 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 vii
  • 8. C.6.19 cuMemcpy2D() .................................................................................. 88 C.7 Texture Reference Management.................................................................. 90 C.7.1 cuModuleGetTexRef() .................................................................... 90 C.7.2 cuTexRefCreate() .......................................................................... 90 C.7.3 cuTexRefDestroy() ........................................................................ 90 C.7.4 cuTexRefSetArray() ...................................................................... 90 C.7.5 cuTexRefSetAddress() .................................................................. 91 C.7.6 cuTexRefSetFormat() .................................................................... 91 C.7.7 cuTexRefSetAddressMode() .......................................................... 91 C.7.8 cuTexRefSetFilterMode() ............................................................ 91 C.7.9 cuTexRefSetFlags() ...................................................................... 92 C.7.10 cuTexRefGetAddress() .................................................................. 92 C.7.11 cuTexRefGetArray() ...................................................................... 92 C.7.12 cuTexRefGetAddressMode() .......................................................... 92 C.7.13 cuTexRefGetFilterMode() ............................................................ 92 C.7.14 cuTexRefGetFormat() .................................................................... 92 C.7.15 cuTexRefGetFlags() ...................................................................... 93 C.8 OpenGL Interoperability.............................................................................. 93 C.8.1 cuGLInit() ...................................................................................... 93 C.8.2 cuGLRegisterBufferObject() ...................................................... 93 C.8.3 cuGLMapBufferObject() ................................................................ 93 C.8.4 cuGLUnmapBufferObject() ............................................................ 93 C.8.5 cuGLUnregisterBufferObject() .................................................. 93 C.9 Direct3D Interoperability............................................................................. 94 C.9.1 cuD3D9Begin() ................................................................................ 94 C.9.2 cuD3D9End() .................................................................................... 94 C.9.3 cuD3D9RegisterVertexBuffer() .................................................. 94 C.9.4 cuD3D9MapVertexBuffer() ............................................................ 94 C.9.5 cuD3D9UnmapVertexBuffer() ........................................................ 94 viii CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 9. List of Figures Figure 1-1. Floating-Point Operations per Second for the CPU and GPU.....................1 Figure 1-2. The GPU Devotes More Transistors to Data Processing ............................2 Figure 1-3. Compute Unified Device Architecture Block Diagram ................................3 Figure 1-4. The Gather and Scatter Memory Operations ............................................4 Figure 1-5. Shared Memory Brings Data Closer to the ALUs .......................................5 Figure 2-1. Thread Batching ....................................................................................9 Figure 2-2. Memory Model..................................................................................... 11 Figure 3-1. Hardware Model .................................................................................. 14 Figure 6-1. Examples of Shared Memory Access Patterns Without any Bank Conflict 51 Figure 6-2. Examples of Shared Memory Access Patterns Without any Bank Conflict 52 Figure 6-3. Examples of Shared Memory Access Patterns With Bank Conflicts........... 53 Figure 7-1. Matrix Multiplication ............................................................................. 58 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 ix
  • 11. Chapter 1. Introduction to CUDA 1.1 The Graphics Processor Unit as a Data-Parallel Computing Device In a matter of just a few years, the programmable graphics processor unit has evolved into an absolute computing workhorse, as illustrated by Figure 1-1. With multiple cores driven by very high memory bandwidth, today's GPUs offer incredible resources for both graphics and non-graphics processing. GFLOPS G80GL = Quadro 5600 FX G80 = GeForce 8800 GTX G71 = GeForce 7900 GTX G70 = GeForce 7800 GTX NV40 = GeForce 6800 Ultra NV35 = GeForce FX 5950 Ultra NV30 = GeForce FX 5800 Figure 1-1. Floating-Point Operations per Second for the CPU and GPU The main reason behind such an evolution is that the GPU is specialized for compute-intensive, highly parallel computation – exactly what graphics rendering is about – and therefore is designed such that more transistors are devoted to data processing rather than data caching and flow control, as schematically illustrated by Figure 1-2. CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 1
  • 12. Chapter 1. Introduction to CUDA Control ALU ALU ALU ALU Cache DRAM DRAM CPU GPU Figure 1-2. The GPU Devotes More Transistors to Data Processing More specifically, the GPU is especially well-suited to address problems that can be expressed as data-parallel computations – the same program is executed on many data elements in parallel – with high arithmetic intensity – the ratio of arithmetic operations to memory operations. Because the same program is executed for each data element, there is a lower requirement for sophisticated flow control; and because it is executed on many data elements and has high arithmetic intensity, the memory access latency can be hidden with calculations instead of big data caches. Data-parallel processing maps data elements to parallel processing threads. Many applications that process large data sets such as arrays can use a data-parallel programming model to speed up the computations. In 3D rendering large sets of pixels and vertices are mapped to parallel threads. Similarly, image and media processing applications such as post-processing of rendered images, video encoding and decoding, image scaling, stereo vision, and pattern recognition can map image blocks and pixels to parallel processing threads. In fact, many algorithms outside the field of image rendering and processing are accelerated by data-parallel processing, from general signal processing or physics simulation to computational finance or computational biology. Up until now, however, accessing all that computational power packed into the GPU and efficiently leveraging it for non-graphics applications remained tricky: The GPU could only be programmed through a graphics API, imposing a high learning curve to the novice and the overhead of an inadequate API to the non- graphics application. The GPU DRAM could be read in a general way – GPU programs can gather data elements from any part of DRAM – but could not be written in a general way – GPU programs cannot scatter information to any part of DRAM –, removing a lot of the programming flexibility readily available on the CPU. Some applications were bottlenecked by the DRAM memory bandwidth, under- utilizing the GPU’s computational power. This document describes a novel hardware and programming model that is a direct answer to these problems and exposes the GPU as a truly generic data-parallel computing device. 2 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 13. Chapter 1. Introduction to CUDA 1.2 CUDA: A New Architecture for Computing on the GPU CUDA stands for Compute Unified Device Architecture and is a new hardware and software architecture for issuing and managing computations on the GPU as a data-parallel computing device without the need of mapping them to a graphics API. It is available for the GeForce 8800 Series, Quadro FX 5600/4600, and beyond. The operating system’s multitasking mechanism is responsible for managing the access to the GPU by several CUDA and graphics applications running concurrently. The CUDA software stack is composed of several layers as illustrated in Figure 1-3: a hardware driver, an application programming interface (API) and its runtime, and two higher-level mathematical libraries of common usage, CUFFT and CUBLAS that are both described in separate documents. The hardware has been designed to support lightweight driver and runtime layers, resulting in high performance. CPU Application CUDA Libraries CUDA Runtime CUDA Driver GPU Figure 1-3. Compute Unified Device Architecture Software Stack The CUDA API comprises an extension to the C programming language for a minimum learning curve (see Chapter 4). CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 3
  • 14. Chapter 1. Introduction to CUDA CUDA provides general DRAM memory addressing as illustrated in Figure 1-4 for more programming flexibility: both scatter and gather memory operations. From a programming perspective, this translates into the ability to read and write data at any location in DRAM, just like on a CPU. Control ALU Control ALU ALU ... ALU ALU ALU ... … Cache Cache DRAM … d0 d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 d7 Gather Control ALU ALU ALU Control ALU ALU ALU ... ... … Cache Cache DRAM … d0 d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 d7 Scatter Figure 1-4. The Gather and Scatter Memory Operations 4 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 15. Chapter 1. Introduction to CUDA CUDA features a parallel data cache or on-chip shared memory with very fast general read and write access, that threads use to share data with each other (see Chapter 3). As illustrated in Figure 1-5, applications can take advantage of it by minimizing overfetch and round-trips to DRAM and therefore becoming less dependent on DRAM memory bandwidth. Control ALU Control ALU ALU ... ALU ALU ALU ... … Cache Cache DRAM … d0 d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 d7 Without shared memory Control ALU Control ALU ALU ... ALU ALU ALU ... … Cache Cache Shared Shared memory memory d0 d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 d7 DRAM … d0 d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 d7 With shared memory Figure 1-5. Shared Memory Brings Data Closer to the ALUs CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 5
  • 16. Chapter 1. Introduction to CUDA 1.3 Document’s Structure This document is organized into the following chapters: Chapter 1 contains a general introduction to CUDA. Chapter 2 outlines the programming model. Chapter 3 describes its hardware implementation. Chapter 4 describes the CUDA API and runtime. Chapter 5 gives the technical specifications of the GeForce 8800 Series and Quadro FX 5600/4600. Chapter 6 gives some guidance on how to achieve maximum performance. Chapter 7 illustrates the previous chapters by walking through the code of some simple example. Appendix A lists the mathematics functions supported in CUDA. Appendix B is the CUDA runtime API reference. Appendix C is the CUDA driver API reference. 6 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 17. Chapter 2. Programming Model 2.1 A Highly Multithreaded Coprocessor When programmed through CUDA, the GPU is viewed as a compute device capable of executing a very high number of threads in parallel. It operates as a coprocessor to the main CPU, or host: In other words, data-parallel, compute-intensive portions of applications running on the host are off-loaded onto the device. More precisely, a portion of an application that is executed many times, but independently on different data, can be isolated into a function that is executed on the device as many different threads. To that effect, such a function is compiled to the instruction set of the device and the resulting program, called a kernel, is downloaded to the device. Both the host and the device maintain their own DRAM, referred to as host memory and device memory, respectively. One can copy data from one DRAM to the other through optimized API calls that utilize the device’s high-performance Direct Memory Access (DMA) engines. 2.2 Thread Batching The batch of threads that executes a kernel is organized as a grid of thread blocks as described in Sections 2.2.1 and 2.2.2 and illustrated in Figure 2-1. 2.2.1 Thread Block A thread block is a batch of threads that can cooperate together by efficiently sharing data through some fast shared memory and synchronizing their execution to coordinate memory accesses. More precisely, one can specify synchronization points in the kernel, where threads in a block are suspended until they all reach the synchronization point. Each thread is identified by its thread ID, which is the thread number within the block. To help with complex addressing based on the thread ID, an application can also specify a block as a two- or three-dimensional array of arbitrary size and identify each thread using a 2- or 3-component index instead. For a two- CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 7
  • 18. Chapter 2. Programming Model dimensional block of size (Dx, Dy), the thread ID of a thread of index (x, y) is (x + y Dx) and for a three-dimensional block of size (Dx, Dy, Dz), the thread ID of a thread of index (x, y, z) is (x + y Dx + z Dx Dy). 2.2.2 Grid of Thread Blocks There is a limited maximum number of threads that a block can contain. However, blocks of same dimensionality and size that execute the same kernel can be batched together into a grid of blocks, so that the total number of threads that can be launched in a single kernel invocation is much larger. This comes at the expense of reduced thread cooperation, because threads in different thread blocks from the same grid cannot communicate and synchronize with each other. This model allows kernels to efficiently run without recompilation on various devices with different parallel capabilities: A device may run all the blocks of a grid sequentially if it has very few parallel capabilities, or in parallel if it has a lot of parallel capabilities, or usually a combination of both. Each block is identified by its block ID, which is the block number within the grid. To help with complex addressing based on the block ID, an application can also specify a grid as a two-dimensional array of arbitrary size and identify each block using a 2-component index instead. For a two-dimensional block of size (Dx, Dy), the block ID of a block of index (x, y) is (x + y Dx). 8 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 19. Chapter 2. Programming Model Host Device Grid 1 Kernel 1 Block Block Block (0, 0) (1, 0) (2, 0) Block Block Block (0, 1) (1, 1) (2, 1) Grid 2 Kernel 2 Block (1, 1) Thread Thread Thread Thread Thread (0, 0) (1, 0) (2, 0) (3, 0) (4, 0) Thread Thread Thread Thread Thread (0, 1) (1, 1) (2, 1) (3, 1) (4, 1) Thread Thread Thread Thread Thread (0, 2) (1, 2) (2, 2) (3, 2) (4, 2) The host issues a succession of kernel invocations to the device. Each kernel is executed as a batch of threads organized as a grid of thread blocks Figure 2-1. Thread Batching CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 9
  • 20. Chapter 2. Programming Model 2.3 Memory Model A thread that executes on the device has only access to the device’s DRAM and on-chip memory through the following memory spaces, as illustrated in Figure 2-2: Read-write per-thread registers, Read-write per-thread local memory, Read-write per-block shared memory, Read-write per-grid global memory, Read-only per-grid constant memory, Read-only per-grid texture memory. The global, constant, and texture memory spaces can be read from or written to by the host and are persistent across kernel calls by the same application. The global, constant, and texture memory spaces are optimized for different memory usages (see Sections 6.1.2.1, 6.1.2.2, and 6.1.2.3). Texture memory also offers different addressing modes, as well as data filtering, for some specific data formats (see Section 4.3.4). 10 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 21. Chapter 2. Programming Model Grid Block (0, 0) Block (1, 0) Shared Memory Shared Memory Registers Registers Registers Registers Thread (0, 0) Thread (1, 0) Thread (0, 0) Thread (1, 0) Local Local Local Local Memory Memory Memory Memory Global Memory Constant Memory Texture Memory A thread has access to the device’s DRAM and on-chip memory through a set of memory spaces of various scopes. Figure 2-2. Memory Model CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 11
  • 23. Chapter 3. Hardware Implementation 3.1 A Set of SIMD Multiprocessors with On-Chip Shared Memory The device is implemented as a set of multiprocessors as illustrated in Figure 3-1. Each multiprocessor has a Single Instruction, Multiple Data architecture (SIMD): At any given clock cycle, each processor of the multiprocessor executes the same instruction, but operates on different data. Each multiprocessor has on-chip memory of the four following types: One set of local 32-bit registers per processor, A parallel data cache or shared memory that is shared by all the processors and implements the shared memory space, A read-only constant cache that is shared by all the processors and speeds up reads from the constant memory space, which is implemented as a read-only region of device memory, A read-only texture cache that is shared by all the processors and speeds up reads from the texture memory space, which is implemented as a read-only region of device memory. The local and global memory spaces are implemented as read-write regions of device memory and are not cached. Each multiprocessor accesses the texture cache via a texture unit that implements the various addressing modes and data filtering mentioned in Section 2.3. CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 13
  • 24. Chapter 3. Hardware Implementation Device Multiprocessor N Multiprocessor 2 Multiprocessor 1 Shared Memory Registers Registers Registers Instruction Processor 1 Processor 2 … Processor M Unit Constant Cache Texture Cache Device Memory A set of SIMD multiprocessors with on-chip shared memory. Figure 3-1. Hardware Model 3.2 Execution Model A grid of thread blocks is executed on the device by executing one or more blocks on each multiprocessor using time slicing: Each block is split into SIMD groups of threads called warps; each of these warps contains the same number of threads, called the warp size, and is executed by the multiprocessor in a SIMD fashion; a thread scheduler periodically switches from one warp to another to maximize the use of the 14 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 25. Chapter 3: Hardware Implementation multiprocessor’s computational resources. A half-warp is either the first or second half of a warp. The way a block is split into warps is always the same; each warp contains threads of consecutive, increasing thread IDs with the first warp containing thread 0. Section 2.2.1 describes how thread IDs relate to thread indices in the block. A block is processed by only one multiprocessor, so that the shared memory space resides in the on-chip shared memory leading to very fast memory accesses. The multiprocessor’s registers are allocated among the threads of the block. If the number of registers used per thread multiplied by the number of threads in the block is greater than the total number of registers per multiprocessor, the block cannot be executed and the corresponding kernel will fail to launch. Several blocks can be processed by the same multiprocessor concurrently by allocating the multiprocessor’s registers and shared memory among the blocks. The issue order of the warps within a block is undefined, but their execution can be synchronized, as mentioned in Section 2.2.1, to coordinate global or shared memory accesses. If the instruction executed by a warp writes to the same location in global or shared memory for more than one of the threads of the warp, how many writes occur to that location and the order in which they occur is undefined, but one of the writes is guaranteed to succeed. The issue order of the blocks within a grid of thread blocks is undefined and there is no synchronization mechanism between blocks, so threads from two different blocks of the same grid cannot safely communicate with each other through global memory during the execution of the grid. CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 15
  • 27. Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface 4.1 An Extension to the C Programming Language The goal of the CUDA programming interface is to provide a relatively simple path for users familiar with the C programming language to easily write programs for execution by the device. It consists of: A minimal set of extensions to the C language, described in Section 4.2, that allow the programmer to target portions of the source code for execution on the device; A runtime library split into: A host component, described in Section 4.5, that runs on the host and provides functions to control and access one or more compute devices from the host; A device component, described in Section 4.4, that runs on the device and provides device-specific functions; A common component, described in Section 4.3, that provides built-in vector types and a subset of the C standard library that are supported in both host and device code. It should be emphasized that the only functions from the C standard library that are supported to run on the device are the functions provided by the common runtime component. 4.2 Language Extensions The extensions to the C programming language are four-fold: Function type qualifiers to specify whether a function executes on the host or on the device and whether it is callable from the host or from the device (Section 4.2.1); Variable type qualifiers to specify the memory location on the device of a variable (Section 4.2.2); CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 17
  • 28. Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface A new directive to specify how a kernel is executed on the device from the host (Section 4.2.3); Four built-in variables that specify the grid and block dimensions and the block and thread indices (Section 4.2.4). These extensions come with some restrictions described in each of the sections below. nvcc will give an error or a warning on some violations of these restrictions, but some of them cannot be detected. Each source file containing CUDA language extensions must be compiled with the CUDA compiler nvcc, as briefly described in Section 4.2.5. A detailed description of nvcc can be found in a separate document. 4.2.1 Function Type Qualifiers 4.2.1.1 __device__ The __device__ qualifier declares a function that is: Executed on the device Callable from the device only. 4.2.1.2 __global__ The __global__ qualifier declares a function as being a kernel. Such a function is: Executed on the device, Callable from the host only. 4.2.1.3 __host__ The __host__ qualifier declares a function that is: Executed on the host, Callable from the host only. It is equivalent to declare a function with only the __host__ qualifier or to declare it without any of the __host__, __device__, or __global__ qualifier; in either case the function is compiled for the host only. However, the __host__ qualifier can also be used in combination with the __device__ qualifier, in which case the function is compiled for both the host and the device. 4.2.1.4 Restrictions __device__ functions are always inlined. __device__ and __global__ functions do not support recursion. __device__ and __global__ functions cannot declare static variables inside their body. __device__ and __global__ functions cannot have a variable number of arguments. __device__ functions cannot have their address taken; function pointers to __global__ functions, on the other hand, are supported. 18 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 29. Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface The __global__ and __host__ qualifiers cannot be used together. __global__ functions must have void return type. Any call to a __global__ function must specify its execution configuration as described in Section 4.2.3. A call to a __global__ function is synchronous, meaning it blocks until completion. __global__ function parameters are currently passed via shared memory to the device and limited to 256 bytes. 4.2.2 Variable Type Qualifiers 4.2.2.1 __device__ The __device__ qualifier declares a variable that resides on the device. At most one of the other type qualifiers defined in the next three sections may be used together with __device__ to further specify which memory space the variable belongs to. If none of them is present, the variable: Resides in global memory space, Has the lifetime of an application, Is accessible from all the threads within the grid and from the host through the runtime library. 4.2.2.2 __constant__ The __constant__ qualifier, optionally used together with __device__, declares a variable that: Resides in constant memory space, Has the lifetime of an application, Is accessible from all the threads within the grid and from the host through the runtime library. 4.2.2.3 __shared__ The __shared__ qualifier, optionally used together with __device__, declares a variable that: Resides in the shared memory space of a thread block, Has the lifetime of the block, Is only accessible from all the threads within the block. When declaring a variable in shared memory as an external array such as extern __shared__ float shared[]; the size of the array is determined at launch time (see Section 4.2.3). All variables declared in this fashion, start at the same address in memory, so that the layout of the variables in the array must be explicitly managed through offsets. For example, if one wants the equivalent of short array0[128]; float array1[64]; CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 19
  • 30. Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface int array2[256]; in dynamically allocated shared memory, one could declare and initialize the arrays the following way: extern __shared__ char array[]; __device__ void func() // __device__ or __global__ function { short* array0 = (short*)array; float* array1 = (float*)&array0[128]; int* array2 = (int*)&array1[64]; } 4.2.2.4 Restrictions These qualifiers are not allowed on struct and union members, on formal parameters and on local variables within a function that executes on the host. __shared__ and __constant__ cannot be used in combination with each other. __shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static storage. __constant__ variables cannot be assigned to from the device, only from the host. They are therefore only allowed at file scope. __shared__ variables cannot have an initialization as part of their declaration. An automatic variable declared in device code without any of these qualifiers generally resides in a register. However in some cases the compiler might choose to place it in local memory. This is often the case for large structures or arrays that would consume too much register space, and arrays for which the compiler cannot determine that they are indexed with constant quantities. Inspection of the ptx assembly code (obtained by compiling with the –ptx or -keep option) will tell if a variable has been placed in local memory during the first compilation phases as it will be declared using the .local mnemonic and accessed using the ld.local and st.local mnemonics. If it has not, subsequent compilation phases might still decide otherwise though if they find it consumes too much register space for the targeted architecture. Pointers in code that is executed on the device are supported as long as the compiler is able to resolve whether they point to either the shared memory space or the global memory space, otherwise they are restricted to only point to memory allocated or declared in the global memory space. Dereferencing a pointer either to global or shared memory in code that is executed on the host or to host memory in code that is executed on the device results in an undefined behavior, most often in a segmentation fault and application termination. 4.2.3 Execution Configuration Any call to a __global__ function must specify the execution configuration for that call. The execution configuration defines the dimension of the grid and blocks that will be used to execute the function on the device. It is specified by inserting an expression of the form <<< Dg, Db, Ns >>> between the function name and the parenthesized argument list, where: 20 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 31. Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface Dg is of type dim3 (see Section 4.3.1.2) and specifies the dimension and size of the grid, such that Dg.x * Dg.y equals the number of blocks being launched; Db is of type dim3 (see Section 4.3.1.2) and specifies the dimension and size of each block, such that Db.x * Db.y * Db.z equals the number of threads per block; Ns is of type size_t and specifies the number of bytes in shared memory that is dynamically allocated per block for this call in addition to the statically allocated memory; this dynamically allocated memory is used by any of the variables declared as an external array as mentioned in Section 4.2.2.3; Ns is an optional argument which defaults to 0. The arguments to the execution configuration are evaluated before the actual function arguments. As an example, a function declared as __global__ void Func(float* parameter); must be called like this: Func<<< Dg, Db, Ns >>>(parameter); 4.2.4 Built-in Variables 4.2.4.1 gridDim This variable is of type dim3 (see Section 4.3.1.2) and contains the dimensions of the grid. 4.2.4.2 blockIdx This variable is of type uint3 (see Section 4.3.1.1) and contains the block index within the grid. 4.2.4.3 blockDim This variable is of type dim3 (see Section 4.3.1.2) and contains the dimensions of the block. 4.2.4.4 threadIdx This variable is of type uint3 (see Section 4.3.1.1) and contains the thread index within the block. 4.2.4.5 Restrictions It is not allowed to take the address of any of the built-in variables. It is not allowed to assign values to any of the built-in variables. 4.2.5 Compilation with NVCC nvcc is a compiler driver that simplifies the process of compiling CUDA code: It provides simple and familiar command line options and executes them by invoking the collection of tools that implement the different compilation stages. nvcc’s basic workflow consists in separating device code from host code and compiling the device code into a binary form or cubin object. The generated host CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 21
  • 32. Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface code is output either as C code that is left to be compiled using another tool or as object code directly by invoking the host compiler during the last compilation stage. Applications can either ignore the generated host code and load the cubin object onto the device and launch the device code using the CUDA driver API (see Section 4.5.3), or link to the generated host code, which includes the cubin object as a global initialized data array and contains a translation of the execution configuration syntax described in Section 4.2.3 into the necessary CUDA runtime startup code to load and launch each compiled kernel (see Section 4.5.2). A detailed description of nvcc can be found in a separate document. 4.3 Common Runtime Component The common runtime component can be used by both host and device functions. 4.3.1 Built-in Vector Types 4.3.1.1 char1, uchar1, char2, uchar2, char3, uchar3, char4, uchar4, short1, ushort1, short2, ushort2, short3, ushort3, short4, ushort4, int1, uint1, int2, uint2, int3, uint3, int4, uint4, long1, ulong1, long2, ulong2, long3, ulong3, long4, ulong4, float1, float2, float3, float4 These are vector types derived from the basic integer and floating-point types. They are structures and the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th components are accessible through the fields x, y, z, and w, respectively. They all come with a constructor function of the form make_<type name>; for example, int2 make_int2(int x, int y); which creates a vector of type int2 with value (x, y). 4.3.1.2 dim3 Type This type is an integer vector type based on uint3 that is used to specify dimensions. When defining a variable of type dim3, any component left unspecified is initialized to 1. 4.3.2 Mathematical Functions Table A-1 in Appendix A contains a comprehensive list of the C/C++ standard library mathematical functions that are currently supported, along with their respective error bounds when executed on the device. When executed in host code, a given function uses the C runtime implementation if available. 22 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 33. Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface 4.3.3 Time Function clock_t clock(); returns the value of a counter that is incremented every clock cycle. Sampling this counter at the beginning and at the end of a kernel, taking the difference of the two samples, and recording the result per thread provides a measure for each thread of the number of clock cycles taken by the device to completely execute the thread, but not of the number of clock cycles the device actually spent executing thread instructions. The former number is greater that the latter since threads are time sliced. 4.3.4 Texture Type Texture memory is exclusively accessed through texture references. A texture reference is bound to some region of memory, called texture, and defines a specific access mode for this texture. In particular, a texture reference has a dimensionality that specifies whether the texture it is bound to is addressed either as a one-dimensional array using one texture coordinate, or as a two-dimensional array using two texture coordinates. Elements of the array are called texels and the process of reading data from a texture via a texture reference using some input texture coordinates is called texture fetching. A texture reference is declared at file scope as a variable of type texture: texture<Type, Dim, ReadMode> texRef; where: Type specifies the type of data that is returned when fetching the texture; Type is restricted to the basic integer and floating-point types and any of the vector types defined in Section 4.3.1.1; Dim specifies the dimensionality of the texture reference and is equal to 1 or 2; Dim is an optional argument which defaults to 1; ReadMode is equal to cudaReadModeNormalizedFloat or cudaReadModeElementType; if it is cudaReadModeNormalizedFloat and Type is a 16-bit or 8-bit integer type, the value is actually returned as floating-point type and the full range of the integer type is mapped to [0, 1]; for example, an unsigned 8-bit texture element with the value 0xff reads as 1; if it is cudaReadModeElementType, no conversion is performed; ReadMode is an optional argument which defaults to cudaReadModeElementType. The texture type is a structure with the following fields: channelDesc which describes the format of the value that is returned when fetching the texture; channelDesc is of the following type: struct cudaChannelFormatDesc { int x, y, z, w; enum cudaChannelFormatKind f; }; where x, y, z, and w are equal to the number of bits of each component of the returned value and f is: cudaChannelFormatKindSigned if these components are of signed integer type, CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 23
  • 34. Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface cudaChannelFormatKindUnsigned if they are of unsigned integer type, cudaChannelFormatKindFloat if they are of floating point type; normalized which specifies whether texture coordinates are normalized or not; if it is non-zero, all elements in the texture are addressed with texture coordinates in the range [0, 1] rather than in the range [0, width-1] or [0, height-1], where width and height are the texture sizes; addressMode which specifies the addressing mode, that is how out-of-range texture coordinates are handled; addressMode is an array of size two whose first and second elements specify the addressing mode for the first and second texture coordinates, respectively; the addressing mode is equal to either cudaAddressModeClamp, in which case out-of-range texture coordinates are clamped to the valid range, or cudaAddressModeWrap, in which case out-of- range texture coordinates are wrapped to the valid range; cudaAddressModeWrap is only supported for normalized texture coordinates; filterMode which specifies the filtering mode, that is how the value returned when fetching the texture is computed based on the input texture coordinates; filterMode is equal to cudaFilterModePoint or cudaFilterModeLinear; if it is cudaFilterModePoint, the returned value is the texel whose texture coordinates are the closest to the input texture coordinates; if it is cudaFilterModeLinear, the returned value is the linear interpolation of the two (for a one-dimensional texture) or four (for a two-dimensional texture) texels whose texture coordinates are the closest to the input texture coordinates; cudaFilterModeLinear is only valid for returned values of floating-point type. All these fields, but channelDesc, may be directly modified in host code. A texture can be any region of linear memory or a CUDA array (see Section 4.5.1.2). Textures allocated in linear memory can only be of dimensionality equal to 1 and addressed using a non-normalized integer texture coordinate; they do not support the linear filtering mode and the various addressing modes: Out-of-range texture accesses return zero. A texture is bound to a texture reference through host runtime functions (see Sections 4.5.2.4 and 4.5.3.7). Several distinct texture references might be bound to the same texture or to textures that overlap in memory. A texture reference needs to be bound to some texture before it can be used by a kernel to read from the texture using the functions described in Section 4.4.4. Note that reading from some texture in linear memory while writing to it in the same kernel execution produces undefined results. 4.4 Device Runtime Component The device runtime component can only be used in device functions. 4.4.1 Mathematical Functions For some of the functions of Table A-1, a less accurate, but faster version exists in the device runtime component; it has the same name prefixed with __ (such as 24 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 35. Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface __sin(x)). These functions are listed in Table A-2, along with their respective error bounds. The compiler has an option (-use_fast_math) to force every function to compile to its less accurate counterpart if it exists. 4.4.2 Synchronization Function void __syncthreads(); synchronizes all threads in a block. Once all threads have reached this point, execution resumes normally. __syncthreads() is used to coordinate communication between the threads of a same block. When some threads within a block access the same addresses in shared or global memory, there are potential read-after-write, write-after-read, or write- after-write hazards for some of these memory accesses. These data hazards can be avoided by synchronizing threads in-between these accesses. __syncthreads() is allowed in conditional code but only if the conditional evaluates identically across the entire thread block, otherwise the code execution is likely to hang or produce unintended side effects. 4.4.3 Type Casting Functions float __int_as_float(int); performs a floating-point type cast on the integer argument, leaving the value unchanged. For example, __int_as_float(0xC0000000) is equal to -2. int __float_as_int(float); performs an integer type cast on the floating-point argument, leaving the value unchanged. For example, __float_as_int(1.0f) is equal to 0x3f800000. 4.4.4 Texture Functions template<class Type> Type texfetch(texture<Type, 1, ReadMode> texRef, float x); template<class Type> Type texfetch(texture<Type, 2, ReadMode> texRef, float x, float y); fetches the CUDA array bound to texture reference texRef using texture coordinates x and y. template<class Type> Type texfetch(texture<Type, 1, ReadMode> texRef, int x) fetches the linear memory bound to texture reference texRef using texture coordinate x. CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 25
  • 36. Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface 4.5 Host Runtime Component The host runtime component can only be used by host functions. It provides functions to handle: Device management, Context management, Memory management, Code module management, Execution control, Texture reference management, Interoperability with OpenGL and Direct3D. It is composed of two APIs: A low-level API called the CUDA driver API, A higher-level API called the CUDA runtime API that is implemented on top of the CUDA driver API. These APIs are mutually exclusive: An application should use either one or the other. The CUDA runtime eases device code management by providing implicit initialization, context management, and module management. The C host code generated by nvcc is based on the CUDA runtime (see Section 4.2.5), so applications that link to this code must use the CUDA runtime API. In contrast, the CUDA driver API requires more code, is harder to program and debug, but offers a better level of control and is language-independent since it only deals with cubin objects (see Section 4.2.5). In particular, it is more difficult to configure and launch kernels using the CUDA driver API, since the execution configuration and kernel parameters must be specified with explicit function calls instead of the execution configuration syntax described in Section 4.2.3. Also, device emulation (see Section 4.5.2.5) does not work with the CUDA driver API. The CUDA driver API is delivered through the cuda dynamic library and all its entry points are prefixed with cu. The CUDA runtime API is delivered through the cudart dynamic library and all its entry points are prefixed with cuda. 4.5.1 Common Concepts 4.5.1.1 Device Both APIs provide a way to enumerate the devices available on the system, query their properties, and select one of them for kernel executions. One property of a device is its compute capability defined as a major revision number and a minor revision number. In this version of CUDA, the major revision number is 1 and the minor revision number is 0. 26 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 37. Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface By design, a host thread can execute device code on only one device. As a consequence, multiple host threads are required to execute device code on multiple devices. 4.5.1.2 Memory Device memory can be allocated either as linear memory or as CUDA arrays. Linear memory exists on the device in a 32-bit address space, so separately allocated entities can reference one another via pointers, for example, in a binary tree. CUDA arrays are opaque memory layouts optimized for texture fetching. They are one-dimensional or two-dimensional and composed of elements, each of which has 1, 2 or 4 components that may be signed or unsigned 8-, 16- or 32-bit integers, 16-bit floats (currently only supported through the driver API), or 32-bit floats. CUDA arrays are only readable by kernels through texture fetching and may only be bound to texture references with the same number of packed components. Both linear memory and CUDA arrays are only readable and writable by the host through the memory copy functions described in Sections 4.5.2.3 and 4.5.3.6. 4.5.1.3 OpenGL Interoperability OpenGL buffer objects may be mapped into the address space of CUDA, either to enable CUDA to read data written by OpenGL or to enable CUDA to write data for consumption by OpenGL. 4.5.1.4 Direct3D Interoperability Direct3D 9.0 vertex buffers may be mapped into the address space of CUDA, either to enable CUDA to read data written by Direct3D or to enable CUDA to write data for consumption by Direct3D. A CUDA context may interoperate with only one Direct3D device at a time, bracketed by calls to the begin/end functions described in Sections 4.5.2.6 and 4.5.3.9. CUDA does not yet support: Versions other than Direct3D 9.0, Direct3D objects other than vertex buffers, Mapping of more than one vertex buffers simultaneously. 4.5.2 Runtime API 4.5.2.1 Initialization There is no explicit initialization function for the runtime API; it initializes the first time a runtime function is called. One needs to keep this in mind when timing runtime function calls and when interpreting the error code from the first call into the runtime. 4.5.2.2 Device Management The functions from Section B.1 are used to manage the devices present in the system. CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 27
  • 38. Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface cudaGetDeviceCount() and cudaGetDeviceProperties() provide a way to enumerate these devices and retrieve their properties: int deviceCount; cudaGetDeviceCount(&deviceCount); int device; for (device = 0; device < deviceCount; ++device) { cudaDeviceProp deviceProp; cudaGetDeviceProperties(&deviceProp, device); } cudaSetDevice() is used to select the device associated to the host thread: cudaSetDevice(device); A device must be selected before any __global__ function or any function from Appendix B is called. If this is not done by an explicit call to cudaSetDevice(), device 0 is automatically selected and any subsequent explicit call to cudaSetDevice() will have no effect. 4.5.2.3 Memory Management The functions from Section B.2 are used to allocate and free device memory, access the memory allocated for any variable declared in global memory space, and transfer data between host and device memory. Linear memory is allocated using cudaMalloc() or cudaMalloc2D() and freed using cudaFree(). The following code sample allocates an array of 256 floating-point elements in linear memory: float* devPtr; cudaMalloc((void**)&devPtr, 256); cudaMalloc2D() is recommended for allocations of 2D arrays as it makes sure that the allocation is appropriately padded to meet the alignment requirements described in Section 6.1.2.1, therefore ensuring best performance when accessing the row addresses or performing copies between arrays and other regions of device memory. The returned pitch (or stride) must be used to access array elements. The following code sample allocates a width×height 2D array of floating-point values and shows how to loop over the array elements in device code: // host code float* devPtr; int pitch; cudaMalloc2D((void**)&devPtr, &pitch, width * sizeof(float), height); myKernel<<<100, 192>>>(devPtr); // device code __global__ void myKernel(float* devPtr) { for (int r = 0; r < height; ++r) { float* row = (float*)((char*)devPtr + r * pitch); for (int c = 0; c < width; ++c) { float element = row[c]; } } } 28 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 39. Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface CUDA arrays are allocated using cudaMallocArray() and freed using cudaFreeArray(). cudaMallocArray() requires a format description created using cudaCreateChannelDesc(). The following code sample allocates a width×height CUDA array of one 32-bit floating-point component: cudaChannelFormatDesc channelDesc = cudaCreateChannelDesc(32, 0, 0, 0, cudaChannelFormatKindFloat); cudaArray cuArray; cudaMallocArray(&cuArray, &channelDesc, width, height); cudaGetSymbolAddress() is used to retrieve the address pointing to the memory allocated for a variable declared in global memory space. The size of the allocated memory is obtained through cudaGetSymbolSize(). Section B.2 lists all the various functions used to copy memory between linear memory allocated with cudaMalloc(), linear memory allocated with cudaMalloc2D(), CUDA arrays, and memory allocated for variables declared in global or constant memory space. The following code sample copies the 2D array to the CUDA array allocated in the previous code samples: cudaMemcpy2DToArray(&cuArray, 0, 0, devPtr, pitch, width, height, cudaMemcpyDeviceToDevice); The following code sample copies some host memory array to device memory: float data[256]; int size = sizeof(data); float* devPtr; cudaMalloc((void**)&devPtr, size); cudaMemcpy((void**)&devPtr, data, size, cudaMemcpyHostToDevice); The following code sample copies some host memory array to constant memory: __constant__ float constData[256]; float data[256]; cudaMemcpyToSymbol(constData, data, sizeof(data)); 4.5.2.4 Texture Reference Management The functions from Section B.3 are used to manage texture references. Before a kernel can use a texture reference to read from texture memory, the texture reference must be bound to a texture using cudaBindTexture() or cudaBindTextureToArray(). The following code samples bind a texture reference to some linear memory pointed to by devPtr: Using the low-level API: texture<float, 2, cudaReadModeElementType> texRef; textureReference* texRefPtr; cudaGetTextureReference(&texRefPtr, “texRef”); cudaChannelFormatDesc channelDesc = cudaCreateChannelDesc(32, 0, 0, 0, cudaChannelFormatKindFloat); cudaBindTexture(texRefPtr, devPtr, &channelDesc, size, 0); Using the high-level API: texture<float, 2, cudaReadModeElementType> texRef; CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 29
  • 40. Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface cudaBindTexture(texRef, devPtr, size, 0); The following code samples bind a texture reference to a CUDA array cuArray: Using the low-level API: texture<float, 2, cudaReadModeElementType> texRef; textureReference* texRefPtr; cudaGetTextureReference(&texRefPtr, “texRef”); cudaChannelFormatDesc channelDesc; cudaGetChannelDesc(&channelDesc, &cuArray); cudaBindTextureToArray(texRef, &cuArray, &channelDesc); Using the high-level API: texture<float, 2, cudaReadModeElementType> texRef; cudaBindTexture(texRef, cuArray); cudaBindTexture() is used to unbind a texture reference. 4.5.2.5 OpenGL Interoperability The functions from Section B.5 are used to control interoperability with OpenGL. A buffer object needs to be registered to CUDA before it can be mapped. This is done with cudaGLRegisterBufferObject(): GLuint bufferObj; cudaGLRegisterBufferObject(bufferObj); Once it is registered, a buffer object can be read from or written to by kernels using the device memory address returned by cudaGLMapBufferObject(): GLuint bufferObj; float* devPtr; cudaGLMapBufferObject((void**)&devPtr, bufferObj); Unmapping is done with cudaGLUnmapBufferObject() and unregistering with cudaGLUnregisterBufferObject(). 4.5.2.6 Direct3D Interoperability The functions from Section B.6 are used to control interoperability with Direct3D. Interoperability with Direct3D must be initialized using cudaD3D9Begin() and terminated using cudaD3D9End(). In between these calls, a vertex object needs to be registered to CUDA before it can be mapped. This is done with cudaD3D9RegisterVertexBuffer(): LPDIRECT3DVERTEXBUFFER9 vertexBuffer; cudaD3D9RegisterVertexBuffer(vertexBuffer); Once it is registered, a vertex buffer can be read from or written to by kernels using the device memory address returned by cudaD3D9MapVertexBuffer(): LPDIRECT3DVERTEXBUFFER9 vertexBuffer; float* devPtr; cudaD3D9MapVertexBuffer((void**)&devPtr, vertexBuffer); Unmapping is done with cudaD3D9UnmapVertexBuffer(). 4.5.2.7 Debugging using the Device Emulation Mode The programming environment does not include any native debug support for code that runs on the device, but comes with a device emulation mode for the purpose of debugging. When compiling an application is this mode (using the -deviceemu 30 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 41. Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface option), the device code is compiled for and runs on the host, allowing the developer to use the host’s native debugging support to debug the application as if it were a host application. The preprocessor macro __DEVICE_EMULATION__ is defined in this mode. When running an application in device emulation mode, the programming model is emulated by the runtime. For each thread in a thread block, the runtime creates a thread on the host. The developer needs to make sure that: The host is able to run up to the maximum number of threads per block, plus one for the master thread. Enough memory is available to run all threads, knowing that each thread gets 256 KB of stack. Many features provided through the device emulation mode make it a very effective debugging tool: By using the host’s native debugging support developers can use all features that the debugger supports, like setting breakpoints and inspecting data. Since device code is compiled to run on the host, the code can be augmented with code that cannot run on the device, like input and output operations to files or to the screen (printf(), etc.). Since all data resides on the host, any device- or host-specific data can be read from either device or host code; similarly, any device or host function can be called from either device or host code. In case of incorrect usage of the synchronization intrinsic, the runtime detects dead lock situations. Developers must keep in mind that device emulation mode is emulating the device, not simulating it. Therefore, device emulation mode is very useful in finding algorithmic errors, but certain errors are hard to find: When a memory location is accessed in multiple threads within the grid at potentially the same time, the results when running in device emulation mode potentially differ from the results when running on the device, since in emulation mode threads execute sequentially. When dereferencing a pointer to global memory on the host or a pointer to host memory on the device, device execution almost certainly fails in some undefined way, whereas device emulation can produce correct results. Most of the time the same floating-point computation will not produce exactly the same result when performed on the device as when performed on the host in device emulation mode. This is expected since in general, all you need to get different results for the same floating-point computation are slightly different compiler options, let alone different compilers, different instruction sets, or different architectures. In particular, some host platforms store intermediate results of single-precision floating-point calculations in extended precision registers, potentially resulting in significant differences in accuracy when running in device emulation mode. When this occurs, developers can try any of the following methods, none of which is guaranteed to work: Declare some floating-point variables as volatile to force single-precision storage; Use the –ffloat-store compiler option of gcc, CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 31
  • 42. Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface Use the /Op or /fp compiler options of the Visual C++ compiler, Use _FPU_GETCW() and _FPU_SETCW() on Linux or _controlfp() on Windows to force single-precision floating-point computation for a portion of the code by surrounding it with unsigned int originalCW; _FPU_GETCW(originalCW); unsigned int cw = (originalCW & ~0x300) | 0x000; _FPU_SETCW(cw); or unsigned int originalCW = _controlfp(0, 0); _controlfp(_PC_24, _MCW_PC); at the beginning, to store the current value of the control word and change it to force the mantissa to be stored in 24 bits using, and with _FPU_SETCW(originalCW); or _controlfp(originalCW, 0xfffff); at the end, to restore the original control word. Unlike the GeForce 8800 Series and Quadro FX 5600/4600 (see Section 5.2), host platforms also usually support denormalized numbers. This can lead to dramatically different results between device emulation and device execution modes since some computation might produce a finite result in one case and an infinite result in the other. 4.5.3 Driver API The driver API is a handle-based, imperative API: Most objects are referenced by opaque handles that may be specified to functions to manipulate the objects. The objects available in CUDA are summarized in Table 4-1. Table 4-1. Objects Available in the CUDA Driver API Object Handle Description Device CUdevice CUDA-capable device Context N/A Roughly equivalent to a CPU process Module CUmodule Roughly equivalent to a dynamic library Function CUfunction Kernel Heap memory CUdeviceptr Pointer to device memory CUDA array CUarray Opaque container for 1D or 2D data on the device, readable via texture references Texture reference CUtexref Object that describes how to interpret texture memory data 4.5.3.1 Initialization Initialization with cuInit() is required before any function from Appendix C is called (see Section C.1). 32 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 43. Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface 4.5.3.2 Device Management The functions from Section C.2 are used to manage the devices present in the system. cuDeviceGetCount() and cuDeviceGet() provide a way to enumerate these devices and other functions from Section C.2 to retrieve their properties: int deviceCount; cuDeviceGetCount(&deviceCount); int device; for (int device = 0; device < deviceCount; ++device) { CUdevice cuDevice; cuDeviceGet(&cuDevice, device); int major, minor; cuDeviceComputeCapability(&major, &minor, cuDevice); } 4.5.3.3 Context Management The functions from Section C.3 are used to create, attach, and detach CUDA contexts. A CUDA context is analogous to a CPU process. All resources and actions performed within the compute API are encapsulated inside a CUDA context, and the system automatically cleans up these resources when the context is destroyed. Besides objects such as modules and texture references, each context has its own distinct 32-bit address space. As a result, CUdeviceptr values from different CUDA contexts reference different memory locations. Contexts have a one-to-one correspondence with host threads. A host thread may have only one device context current at a time. For this reason, device contexts are not explicitly referenced by handle. When a context is created with cuCtxCreate(), it is made current to the calling host thread and its thread affiliation cannot be changed. CUDA functions that operate in a context (most functions that do not involve device enumeration or context management) will return CUDA_ERROR_INVALID_CONTEXT if a valid context is not current to the thread. To facilitate interoperability between third party authored code operating in the same context, the driver API maintains a usage count that is incremented by each distinct client of a given context. For example, if three libraries are loaded to use the same CUDA context, each library must call cuCtxAttach() to increment the usage count and cuCtxDetach() to decrement the usage count when the library is done using the context. The context is destroyed when the usage count goes to 0. For most libraries, it is expected that the application will have created a CUDA context before loading or initializing the library; that way, the application can create the context using its own heuristics, and the library simply operates on the context handed to it. 4.5.3.4 Module Management The functions from Section C.4 are used to load and unload modules and to retrieve handles or pointers to variables or functions defined in the module. Modules are dynamically loadable packages of device code and data, akin to DLLs in Windows, that are output by nvcc (see Section 4.2.5). The names for all symbols, CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 33
  • 44. Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface including functions, global variables, and texture references, are maintained at module scope so that modules written by independent third parties may interoperate in the same CUDA context. This code sample loads a module and retrieves a handle to some kernel: CUmodule cuModule; cuModuleLoad(&cuModule, “myModule.cubin”); CUfunction cuFunction; cuModuleGetFunction(&cuFunction, cuModule, “myKernel”); 4.5.3.5 Execution Control The functions described in Section C.5 manage the execution of a kernel on the device. cuFuncSetBlockShape() sets the number of threads per block for a given function, and how their threadIDs are assigned. cuFuncSetSharedSize() sets the size of shared memory for the function. The cuParam*() family of functions is used specify the parameters that will be provided to the kernel the next time cuLaunchGrid() or cuLaunch() is invoked to launch the kernel: cuFuncSetBlockShape(cuFunction, blockWidth, blockHeight, 1); int offset = 0; int i; cuParamSeti(cuFunction, offset, i); offset += sizeof(i); float f; cuParamSetf(cuFunction, offset, f); offset += sizeof(f); char data[256]; cuParamSetv(cuFunction, offset, (void*)data, sizeof(data)); offset += sizeof(data); cuParamSetSize(cuFunction, offset); cuFuncSetSharedSize(cuFunction, numElements * sizeof(float)); cuLaunchGrid(cuFunction, gridWidth, gridHeight); 4.5.3.6 Memory Management The functions from Section C.6 are used to allocate and free device memory and transfer data between host and device memory. Linear memory is allocated using cuMemAlloc() or cuMemAlloc2D() and freed using cuMemFree(). The following code sample allocates an array of 256 floating-point elements in linear memory: CUdeviceptr devPtr; cuMemAlloc((void**)&devPtr, 256); cuMemAlloc2D() is recommended for allocations of 2D arrays as it makes sure that the allocation is appropriately padded to meet the alignment requirements described in Section 6.1.2.1, therefore ensuring best performance when accessing the row addresses or performing copies between arrays and other regions of device memory. The returned pitch (or stride) must be used to access array elements. The following code sample allocates a width×height 2D array of floating-point values and shows how to loop over the array elements in device code: // host code CUdeviceptr devPtr; int pitch; 34 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 45. Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface cuMemAlloc2D(&devPtr, &pitch, width * sizeof(float), height, 4); cuModuleGetFunction(&cuFunction, cuModule, “myKernel”); cuFuncSetBlockShape(cuFunction, 192, 1, 1); cuParamSeti(cuFunction, 0, devPtr); cuParamSetSize(cuFunction, sizeof(devPtr)); cuLaunchGrid(cuFunction, 100, 1); // device code __global__ void myKernel(float* devPtr) { for (int r = 0; r < height; ++r) { float* row = (float*)((char*)devPtr + r * pitch); for (int c = 0; c < width; ++c) { float element = row[c]; } } } CUDA arrays are created using cuArrayCreate() and destroyed using cudaArrayDestroy(). The following code sample allocates a width×height CUDA array of one 32-bit floating-point component: CUDA_ARRAY_DESCRIPTOR desc; desc.Format = CU_AD_FORMAT_FLOAT; desc.NumPackedComponents = 1; desc.Width = width; desc.Height = height; CUarray cuArray; cuArrayCreate(&cuArray, &desc); Section C.6 lists all the various functions used to copy memory between linear memory allocated with cuMemAlloc(), linear memory allocated with cuMemAlloc2D(), and CUDA arrays. The following code sample copies the 2D array to the CUDA array allocated in the previous code samples: CUDA_MEMCPY2D copyParam; memset(&copyParam, 0, sizeof(copyParam)); copyParam.dstMemoryType = CU_MEMORYTYPE_ARRAY; copyParam.dstArray = cuArray; copyParam.srcMemoryType = CU_MEMORYTYPE_DEVICE; copyParam.srcDevice = devPtr; copyParam.srcPitch = pitch; copyParam.WidthInBytes = width * sizeof(float); copyParam.Height = height; cuMemcpy2D(&copyParam); The following code sample copies some host memory array to device memory: float data[256]; int size = sizeof(data); CUdeviceptr devPtr; cudaMalloc((void**)&devPtr, size); cuMemcpyStoD(devPtr, data, size); Finally, cuMemAllocSystem()from Section C.6.4 and cuMemFreeSystem() from Section C.6.5 can be used to allocate and free page-locked host memory. The bandwidth between host memory and device memory is higher for page-locked host CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 35
  • 46. Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface memory than for regular pageable memory allocated using malloc(). However, page-locked memory is a scarce resource, so allocations in page-locked memory will start failing long before allocations in pageable memory. In addition, by reducing the amount of physical memory available to the operating system for paging, allocating too much page-locked memory reduces overall system performance. cuMemAllocSystem()and cuMemFreeSystem() can be used with the runtime API. 4.5.3.7 Texture Reference Management The functions from Section C.7 are used to manage texture references. Before a kernel can use a texture reference to read from texture memory, the texture reference must be bound to a texture using cuTexRefSetAddress() or cuTexRefSetArray(). The following code samples bind a texture reference to some linear memory pointed to by devPtr: texture<float, 2, cudaReadModeElementType> texRef; CUtexref cuTexRef; cuModuleGetTexRef(&cuTexRef, cuModule, “texRef”); cuTexRefSetAddress(cuTexRef, devPtr, size); The following code samples bind a texture reference to a CUDA array cuArray: texture<float, 2, cudaReadModeElementType> texRef; CUtexref cuTexRef; cuModuleGetTexRef(&cuTexRef, cuModule, “texRef”); cuTexRefSetArray(cuTexRef, cuArray, CU_TRSA_OVERRIDE_FORMAT); Section C.7 lists various functions used to set address mode, filter mode, format, and other flags for some texture reference. 4.5.3.8 OpenGL Interoperability The functions from Section C.8 are used to control interoperability with OpenGL. Interoperability with OpenGL must be initialized using cuGLInit(). A buffer object needs to be registered to CUDA before it can be mapped. This is done with cuGLRegisterBufferObject(): GLuint bufferObj; cuGLRegisterBufferObject(bufferObj); Once it is registered, a buffer object can be read from or written to by kernels using the device memory address returned by cuGLMapBufferObject(): GLuint bufferObj; CUdeviceptr devPtr; int size; cuGLMapBufferObject(&devPtr, &size, bufferObj); Unmapping is done with cuGLUnmapBufferObject() and unregistering with cuGLUnregisterBufferObject(). 4.5.3.9 Direct3D Interoperability The functions from Section B.6 are used to control interoperability with Direct3D. Interoperability with Direct3D must be initialized using cuD3D9Begin() and terminated using cuD3D9End(). 36 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 47. Chapter 4. Application Programming Interface In between these calls, a vertex object needs to be registered to CUDA before it can be mapped. This is done with cuD3D9RegisterVertexBuffer(): LPDIRECT3DVERTEXBUFFER9 vertexBuffer; cuD3D9RegisterVertexBuffer(vertexBuffer); Once it is registered, a vertex buffer can be read from or written to by kernels using the device memory address returned by cuD3D9MapVertexBuffer(): LPDIRECT3DVERTEXBUFFER9 vertexBuffer; CUdeviceptr devPtr; int size; cuD3D9MapVertexBuffer(&devPtr, &size, vertexBuffer); Unmapping is done with cuD3D9UnmapVertexBuffer(). CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 37
  • 49. Chapter 5. GeForce 8800 Series and Quadro FX 5600/4600 Technical Specification 5.1 General Specification The GeForce 8800 Series and Quadro FX 5600/4600 have the following characteristics: Number of Clock Amount of multiprocessors frequency device memory (GHz) (MB) GeForce 8800 GTX 16 1.35 768 GeForce 8800 GTS 12 1.2 640 Quadro FX 5600 16 1.35 1500 Quadro FX 4600 12 1.2 768 The maximum number of threads per block is 512; The maximum size of each dimension of a grid of thread blocks is 65535; The warp size is 32 threads; The number of registers per multiprocessor is 8192; The amount of shared memory available per multiprocessor is 16 KB divided into 16 banks (see Section 6.1.2.4); The amount of constant memory available is 64 KB with a cache working set of 8 KB per multiprocessor; The cache working set for 1D textures is 8 KB per multiprocessor; The maximum number of blocks that can run concurrently on a multiprocessor is 8; The maximum number of warps that can run concurrently on a multiprocessor is 24; The maximum number of threads that can run concurrently on a multiprocessor is 768; CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 39
  • 50. Chapter 5. GeForce 8800 Series and Quadro FX 5600/4600 Technical Specification For a texture reference bound to a CUDA array, the maximum width is 216 and the maximum height is 215; For a texture reference bound to linear memory, the maximum width is 227; Texture filtering weights are stored in 9-bit fixed point format with 8 bits of fractional value. Each multiprocessor is composed of eight processors, so that a multiprocessor is able to process the 32 threads of a warp in four clock cycles. The use of multiple GPUs as CUDA devices by an application running on a multi- GPU system is only guaranteed to work if theses GPUs are of the same type. If the system is in SLI or QUAD mode however, only one GPU can be used as a CUDA device since all the GPUs are fused at the lowest levels in the driver stack. SLI or QUAD mode needs to be turned off in the control panel for CUDA to be able to see each GPU as separate devices. 5.2 Floating-Point Standard The GeForce 8800 Series and Quadro FX 5600/4600 follow the IEEE-754 standard for single-precision binary floating-point arithmetic with the following deviations: Addition and multiplication are often combined into a single multiply-add instruction (FMAD); Division is implemented via the reciprocal in a non-standard-compliant way; Square root is implemented via the reciprocal square root in a non-standard- compliant way; For addition and multiplication, only round-to-nearest-even and round-towards-zero are supported via static rounding modes; directed rounding towards +/- infinity is not supported; There is no dynamically configurable rounding mode; Denormalized numbers are not supported; floating-point arithmetic and comparison instructions convert denormalized operands to zero prior to the floating-point operation; Underflowed results are flushed to zero; There is no mechanism for detecting that a floating-point exception has occurred and floating-point exceptions are always masked, but when an exception occurs the masked response is standard compliant; Signaling NaNs are not supported. The result of an operation involving one or more input NaNs is not one of the input NaNs, but a canonical NaN of bit pattern 0x7fffffff. Note that in accordance to the IEEE-754R standard, if one of the input parameters to min() or max() is NaN, but not the other, the result is the non-NaN parameter. The conversion of a floating-point value to an integer value in the case where the floating-point value falls outside the range of the integer format is left undefined by IEEE-754. For the GeForce 8800 Series and Quadro FX 5600/4600, the behavior is to clamp to the end of the supported range. This is unlike the x86 architecture behaves. 40 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 51. Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 41
  • 53. Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines 6.1 Instruction Performance To process an instruction for a warp of threads, a multiprocessor must: Read the instruction operands for each thread of the warp, Execute the instruction, Write the result for each thread of the warp. Therefore, the effective instruction throughput depends on the nominal instruction throughput as well as the memory latency and bandwidth. It is maximized by: Minimizing the use of instructions with low throughput (see Section 6.1.1), Maximizing the use of the available memory bandwidth for each category of memory (see Section 6.1.2), Allowing the thread scheduler to overlap memory transactions with mathematical computations as much as possible, which requires that: The program executed by the threads is of high arithmetic intensity, that is, has a high number of arithmetic operations per memory operation; There are many threads that can be run concurrently as detailed in Section 6.2. 6.1.1 Instruction Throughput 6.1.1.1 Arithmetic Instructions To issue one instruction for a warp, a multiprocessor takes: 4 clock cycles for floating-point add, floating-point multiply, floating-point multiply-add, integer add, bitwise operations, compare, min, max, type conversion instruction; 16 clock cycles for reciprocal, reciprocal square root, __log(x) (see Table A-2). 32-bit integer multiplication takes 16 clock cycles, but __mul24 and __umul24 (see Appendix A) provide signed and unsigned 24-bit integer multiplication in 4 clock cycles. Integer division and modulo operation are particularly costly and should be avoided if possible or replaced with bitwise operations whenever possible: If n is a power of 2, (i/n) is equivalent to (i>>log2(n)) and (i%n) is CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 43
  • 54. Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines equivalent to (i&(n-1)); the compiler will perform these conversions if n is literal. Other functions take more clock cycles as they are implemented as combinations of several instructions. Floating-point square root is implemented as a reciprocal square root followed by a reciprocal, so it takes 32 clock cycles for a warp. Floating-point division takes 36 clock cycles, but __fdividef(x, y) provides a faster version at 20 clock cycles (see Appendix A). __sin(x), __cos(x), __exp(x) take 32 clock cycles. Sometimes, the compiler must insert conversion instructions, introducing additional execution cycles. This is the case for: Functions operating on char or short whose operands generally need to be converted to int, Double-precision floating-point constants (defined without any type suffix) used as input to single-precision floating-point computations, Single-precision floating-point variables used as input parameters to the double- precision version of the mathematical functions defined in Table A-1. The two last cases can be avoided by using: Single-precision floating-point constants, defined with an f suffix such as 3.141592653589793f, 1.0f, 0.5f, The single-precision version of the mathematical functions, defined with an f suffix as well, such as sinf(), logf(), expf(). For single precision code, we highly recommend use of the single precision math functions. When compiling for devices without native double precision support, the double precision math functions are by default mapped to their single precision equivalents. However, on those future devices that will support double precision, these functions will map to double precision implementations. 6.1.1.2 Control Flow Instructions Any flow control instruction (if, switch, do, for, while) can significantly impact the effective instruction throughput by causing threads of the same warp to diverge, that is, to follow different execution paths. If this happens, the different executions paths have to be serialized, increasing the total number of instructions executed for this warp. When all the different execution paths have completed, the threads converge back to the same execution path. To obtain best performance in cases where the control flow depends on the thread ID, the controlling condition should be written so as to minimize the number of divergent warps. This is possible because the distribution of the warps across the block is deterministic as mentioned in Section 3.2. A trivial example is when the controlling condition only depends on (threadIdx / WSIZE) where WSIZE is the warp size. In this case, no warp diverges since the controlling condition is perfectly aligned with the warps. Sometimes, the compiler may unroll loops or it may optimize out if or switch statements by using branch predication instead, as detailed below. In these cases, no warp can ever diverge. 44 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 55. Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines When using branch predication none of the instructions whose execution depends on the controlling condition gets skipped. Instead, each of them is associated with a per-thread condition code or predicate that is set to true or false based on the controlling condition and although each of these instructions gets scheduled for execution, only the instructions with a true predicate are actually executed. Instructions with a false predicate do not write results, and also do not evaluate addresses or read operands. The compiler replaces a branch instruction with predicated instructions only if the number of instructions controlled by the branch condition is less or equal to a certain threshold: If the compiler determines that the condition is likely to produce many divergent warps, this threshold is 7, otherwise it is 4. 6.1.1.3 Memory Instructions Memory instructions include any instruction that reads from or writes to shared or global memory. A multiprocessor takes 4 clock cycles to issue one memory instruction for a warp. When accessing global memory, there are, in addition, 400 to 600 clock cycles of memory latency. As an example, the assignment operator in the following sample code: __shared__ float shared[32]; __device__ float device[32]; shared[threadIdx.x] = device[threadIdx.x]; takes 4 clock cycles to issue a read from global memory, 4 clock cycles to issue a write to shared memory, but above all 400 to 600 clock cycles to read a float from global memory. Much of this global memory latency can be hidden by the thread scheduler if there are sufficient independent arithmetic instructions that can be issued while waiting for the global memory access to complete. 6.1.1.4 Synchronization Instruction __syncthreads takes 4 clock cycles to issue for a warp if no thread has to wait for any other threads. 6.1.2 Memory Bandwidth The effective bandwidth of each memory space depends significantly on the memory access pattern as detailed in the following sub-sections. Since device memory is of much higher latency and lower bandwidth than on-chip memory, device memory accesses should be minimized. A typical programming pattern is to stage data coming from device memory into shared memory; in other words, to have each thread of a block: Load data from device memory to shared memory, Synchronize with all the other threads of the block so that each thread can safely read shared memory locations that were written by different threads, Process the data in shared memory, Synchronize again if necessary to make sure that shared memory has been updated with the results, Write the results back to device memory. CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 45
  • 56. Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines 6.1.2.1 Global Memory The global memory space is not cached, so it is all the more important to follow the right access pattern to get maximum memory bandwidth, especially given how costly accesses to device memory are. First, the device is capable of reading 32-bit, 64-bit, or 128-bit words from global memory into registers in a single instruction. To have assignments such as: __device__ type device[32]; type data = device[tid]; compile to a single load instruction, type must be such that sizeof(type) is equal to 4, 8, or 16 and variables of type type must be aligned to 4, 8, or 16 bytes (that is, have the 2, 3, or 4 least significant bits of their address equal to zero). The alignment requirement is automatically fulfilled for built-in types of Section 4.3.1.1 like float2 or float4. For structures, the size and alignment requirements can be enforced by the compiler using the alignment specifiers __align__(8) or __align__(16), such as struct __align(8)__ { float a; float b; }; or struct __align(16)__ { float a; float b; float c; float d; }; For structures larger than 16 bytes, the compiler generates several load instructions. To ensure that it generates the minimum number of instructions, such structures should be defined with __align__(16) , such as struct __align(16)__ { float a; float b; float c; float d; float e; }; which is compiled into two 128-bit load instructions instead of five 32-bit load instructions. Second, the global memory addresses simultaneously accessed by each thread of a half-warp during the execution of a single read or write instruction should be arranged so that the memory accesses can be coalesced into a single contiguous, aligned memory access. More precisely, in each half-warp, thread number N within the half-warp should access address HalfWarpBaseAddress + N where HalfWarpBaseAddress is of type type* and type is such that it meets the size and alignment requirements discussed above. Moreover, 46 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 57. Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines HalfWarpBaseAddress should be aligned to 16*sizeof(type) bytes; in other words, it should have its log2(16*sizeof(type)) least significant bits equal to zero. Any address BaseAddress of a variable residing in global memory or returned by one of the memory allocation routines from Sections B.2 or C.6 is always aligned to at least 256 bytes, so to satisfy the memory alignment constraint, HalfWarpBaseAddress-BaseAddress should be a multiple of 16*sizeof(type). Note that if a half-warp fulfills all the requirements above, the per-thread memory accesses are coalesced even if some threads of the half-warp do not actually access memory. We recommend fulfilling the coalescing requirements for the entire warp as opposed to only each of its halves separately because future devices will necessitate it for proper coalescing. A common global memory access pattern is when each thread of index (tx,ty) accesses one element of a 2D array located at address BaseAddress of type type* and of width width using the following address: BaseAddress + width * ty + tx In such a case, one gets memory coalescing for all half-warps of the thread block only if: The width of the thread block is a multiple of half the warp size; width is a multiple of 16. In particular, this means that an array whose width is not a multiple of 16 will be accessed much more efficiently if it is actually allocated with a width rounded up to the closest multiple of 16 and its rows padded accordingly. The cuMemAlloc2D() and cudaMalloc2D() functions and associated memory copy functions described in Sections B.2 and C.6 enable developers to write non- hardware-dependent code to allocate arrays that conform to these constraints. 6.1.2.2 Constant Memory The constant memory space is cached so a read from constant memory costs one memory read from device memory only on a cache miss, otherwise it just costs one read from the constant cache. For all threads of a half-warp, reading from the constant cache is as fast as reading from a register as long as all threads read the same address. The cost scales linearly with the number of different addresses read by all threads. We recommend having all threads of the entire warp read the same address as opposed to all threads within each of its halves only, as future devices will require it for full speed read. 6.1.2.3 Texture Memory The texture memory space is cached so a texture fetch costs one memory read from device memory only on a cache miss, otherwise it just costs one read from the texture cache. The texture cache is optimized for 2D spatial locality, so threads of the same warp that read texture addresses that are close together will achieve best performance. Device memory reads through texture fetching present several advantages over reads from global or constant memory: CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 47
  • 58. Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines They are cached, They are not subject to the constraints on memory access patterns that global or constant memory reads must respect to get good performance (see Sections 6.1.2.1 and 6.1.2.2); The latency of addressing calculations is hidden better, possibly improving performance for applications that perform random accesses to the data; Packed data may be broadcast to separate variables in a single operation; 8-bit and 16-bit integer input data may be optionally converted to 32-bit floating- point values in the range [0, 1]. If the texture is a CUDA array (see Section 4.3.4), there are other advantages: There are several addressing modes available for edge cases; They can be optionally filtered. 6.1.2.4 Shared Memory Because it is on-chip, the shared memory space is much faster than the local and global memory spaces. In fact, for all threads of a warp, accessing the shared memory is as fast as accessing a register as long as there are no bank conflicts between the threads, as detailed below. To achieve high memory bandwidth, shared memory is divided into equally-sized memory modules, called banks, which can be accessed simultaneously. So, any memory read or write request made of n addresses that fall in n distinct memory banks can be serviced simultaneously, yielding an effective bandwidth that is n times as high as the bandwidth of a single module. However, if two addresses of a memory request fall in the same memory bank, there is a bank conflict and the access has to be serialized. The hardware splits a memory request with bank conflicts into as many separate conflict-free requests as necessary, decreasing the effective bandwidth by a factor equal to the number of separate memory requests. If the number of separate memory requests is n, the initial memory request is said to cause n-way bank conflicts. To get maximum performance, it is therefore important to understand how memory addresses map to memory banks in order to schedule the memory requests so as to minimize bank conflicts. In the case of the shared memory space, the banks are organized such that successive 32-bit words are assigned to successive banks and each bank has a bandwidth of 32 bits per two clock cycles. For the GeForce 8800 Series and Quadro FX 5600/4600, the warp size is 32 and the number of banks is 16 (see Section 5.1); a shared memory request for a warp is split into one request for the first half of the warp and one request for the second half of the warp. As a consequence, there can be no bank conflict between a thread belonging to the first half of a warp and a thread belonging to the second half of the same warp. A common case is for each thread to access a 32-bit word from an array indexed by the thread ID tid and with some stride s: __shared__ float shared[32]; float data = shared[BaseIndex + s * tid]; 48 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 59. Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines In this case, the threads tid and tid+n access the same bank whenever s*n is a multiple of the number of banks m or equivalently, whenever n is a multiple of m/d where d is the greatest common divisor of m and s. As a consequence, there will be no bank conflict only if half the warp size is less than or equal to m/d. For the GeForce 8800 Series and Quadro FX 5600/4600, this translates to no bank conflict only if d is equal to 1, or in other words, only if s is odd since m is a power of two. Figure 6-1 and Figure 6-2 show some examples of conflict-free memory accesses while Figure 6-3 shows some examples of memory accesses that cause bank conflicts. Other cases worth mentioning are when each thread accesses an element that is smaller or larger than 32 bits in size. For example, there will be bank conflicts if an array of char is accessed the following way: __shared__ char shared[32]; char data = shared[BaseIndex + tid]; because shared[0], shared[1], shared[2], and shared[3], for example, belong to the same bank. There will not be any bank conflict however, if the same array is accessed the following way: char data = shared[BaseIndex + 4 * tid]; A structure assignment is compiled into as many memory requests as there are members in the structure, so the following code, for example: __shared__ struct type shared[32]; struct type data = shared[BaseIndex + tid]; results in: Three separate memory reads without bank conflicts if type is defined as struct type { float x, y, z; }; since each member is accessed with a stride of three 32-bit words; Two separate memory reads with bank conflicts if type is defined as struct type { float x, y; }; since each member is accessed with a stride of two 32-bit words; Two separate memory reads with bank conflicts if type is defined as struct type { float f; char c; }; since each member is accessed with a stride of five bytes. Finally, shared memory also features a broadcast mechanism whereby a 32-bit word can be read and broadcast to several threads simultaneously when servicing one memory read request. This reduces the number of bank conflicts when several threads of a half-warp read from an address within the same 32-bit word. More precisely, a memory read request made of several addresses is serviced in several steps over time – one step every two clock cycles – by servicing one conflict-free subset of these addresses per step until all addresses have been serviced; at each CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 49
  • 60. Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines step, the subset is built from the remaining addresses that have yet to be serviced using the following procedure: Select one of the words pointed to by the remaining addresses as the broadcast word, Include in the subset: All addresses that are within the broadcast word, One address for each bank pointed to by the remaining addresses. Which word is selected as the broadcast word and which address is picked up for each bank at each cycle are unspecified. A common conflict-free case is when all threads of a half-warp read from an address within the same 32-bit word. Figure 6-4 shows some examples of memory read accesses that involve the broadcast mechanism. 50 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 61. Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines Thread 0 Bank 0 Thread 0 Bank 0 Thread 1 Bank 1 Thread 1 Bank 1 Thread 2 Bank 2 Thread 2 Bank 2 Thread 3 Bank 3 Thread 3 Bank 3 Thread 4 Bank 4 Thread 4 Bank 4 Thread 5 Bank 5 Thread 5 Bank 5 Thread 6 Bank 6 Thread 6 Bank 6 Thread 7 Bank 7 Thread 7 Bank 7 Thread 8 Bank 8 Thread 8 Bank 8 Thread 9 Bank 9 Thread 9 Bank 9 Thread 10 Bank 10 Thread 10 Bank 10 Thread 11 Bank 11 Thread 11 Bank 11 Thread 12 Bank 12 Thread 12 Bank 12 Thread 13 Bank 13 Thread 13 Bank 13 Thread 14 Bank 14 Thread 14 Bank 14 Thread 15 Bank 15 Thread 15 Bank 15 Left: linear addressing with a stride of one 32-bit word. Right: random permutation. Figure 6-1. Examples of Shared Memory Access Patterns without Bank Conflicts CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 51
  • 62. Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines Thread 0 Bank 0 Thread 1 Bank 1 Thread 2 Bank 2 Thread 3 Bank 3 Thread 4 Bank 4 Thread 5 Bank 5 Thread 6 Bank 6 Thread 7 Bank 7 Thread 8 Bank 8 Thread 9 Bank 9 Thread 10 Bank 10 Thread 11 Bank 11 Thread 12 Bank 12 Thread 13 Bank 13 Thread 14 Bank 14 Thread 15 Bank 15 Linear addressing with a stride of three 32-bit words. Figure 6-2. Example of a Shared Memory Access Pattern without Bank Conflicts 52 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 63. Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines Thread 0 Bank 0 Thread 0 Bank 0 Thread 1 Bank 1 Thread 1 Bank 1 Thread 2 Bank 2 Thread 2 Bank 2 Thread 3 Bank 3 Thread 3 Bank 3 Thread 4 Bank 4 Thread 4 Bank 4 Thread 5 Bank 5 Thread 5 Bank 5 Thread 6 Bank 6 Thread 6 Bank 6 Thread 7 Bank 7 Thread 7 Bank 7 Thread 8 Bank 8 Thread 8 Bank 8 Thread 9 Bank 9 Thread 9 Bank 9 Thread 10 Bank 10 Thread 10 Bank 10 Thread 11 Bank 11 Thread 11 Bank 11 Thread 12 Bank 12 Thread 12 Bank 12 Thread 13 Bank 13 Thread 13 Bank 13 Thread 14 Bank 14 Thread 14 Bank 14 Thread 15 Bank 15 Thread 15 Bank 15 Left: Linear addressing with a stride of two 32-bit words causes 2-way bank conflicts. Right: Linear addressing with a stride of eight 32-bit words causes 8-way bank conflicts. Figure 6-3. Examples of Shared Memory Access Patterns with Bank Conflicts CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 53
  • 64. Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines Thread 0 Bank 0 Thread 0 Bank 0 Thread 1 Bank 1 Thread 1 Bank 1 Thread 2 Bank 2 Thread 2 Bank 2 Thread 3 Bank 3 Thread 3 Bank 3 Thread 4 Bank 4 Thread 4 Bank 4 Thread 5 Bank 5 Thread 5 Bank 5 Thread 6 Bank 6 Thread 6 Bank 6 Thread 7 Bank 7 Thread 7 Bank 7 Thread 8 Bank 8 Thread 8 Bank 8 Thread 9 Bank 9 Thread 9 Bank 9 Thread 10 Bank 10 Thread 10 Bank 10 Thread 11 Bank 11 Thread 11 Bank 11 Thread 12 Bank 12 Thread 12 Bank 12 Thread 13 Bank 13 Thread 13 Bank 13 Thread 14 Bank 14 Thread 14 Bank 14 Thread 15 Bank 15 Thread 15 Bank 15 Left: This access pattern is conflict-free since all threads read from an address within the same 32-bit word. Right: This access pattern causes either no bank conflicts if the word from bank 5 is chosen as the broadcast word during the first step or 2-way bank conflicts, otherwise. Figure 6-4. Example of Shared Memory Read Access Patterns with Broadcast 54 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 65. Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines 6.1.2.5 Registers Generally, accessing a register is zero extra clock cycles per instruction, but delays may occur due to register read-after-write dependencies and register memory bank conflicts. The delays introduced by read-after-write dependencies can be ignored as soon as there are at least 192 concurrent threads per multiprocessor to hide them. The compiler and thread scheduler schedule the instructions as optimally as possible to avoid register memory bank conflicts; the application has no control over these. In particular, there is no need to pack data into float4 or int4 types. 6.2 Number of Threads per Block Given a total number of threads per grid, the number of threads per block, or equivalently the number of blocks, should be chosen to maximize the utilization of the available computing resources. This means that there should be at least as many blocks as there are multiprocessors in the device. Furthermore, running only one block per multiprocessor will force the multiprocessor to idle during thread synchronization and also during device memory reads if there are not enough threads per block to cover the load latency. It is therefore better to allow for two or more blocks to run concurrently on each multiprocessor to allow overlap between blocks that wait and blocks that can run. For this to happen, not only should there be at least twice as many blocks as there are multiprocessors in the device, but also the amount of allocated shared memory per block should be at most half the total amount of shared memory available per multiprocessor (see Section 3.2). More thread blocks stream in pipeline fashion through the device and amortize overhead even more. With a high enough number of blocks, the number of threads per block should be chosen as a multiple of the warp size to avoid wasting computing resources with under-populated warps. Allocating more threads per block is better for efficient time slicing, but the more threads per block, the fewer registers are available per thread. This might prevent a kernel invocation from succeeding if the kernel compiles to more registers than are allowed by the execution configuration. For the GeForce 8800 Series and Quadro FX 5600/4600, the number of registers available per thread is equal to: R B × ceil (T ,32) where R is the total number of registers per multiprocessor given in Section 5.1, B is the number of concurrent blocks, T is the number of threads per block, and ceil(T, 32) is T rounded up to the nearest multiple of 32. 64 threads per block is minimal and makes sense only if there are multiple concurrent blocks. 192 or 256 threads per block is better and usually allows for enough registers to compile. The number of blocks per grid should be at least 100 if one wants it to scale to future devices; 1000 blocks will scale across several generations. CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 55
  • 66. Chapter 6. Performance Guidelines The ratio of the number of warps running concurrently on a multiprocessor to the maximum number of warps that can run concurrently (given in Section 5.1) is called the multiprocessor occupancy. In order to maximize occupancy, the compiler attempts to minimize register usage and programmers need to choose execution configurations with care. The CUDA Software Development Kit provides a spreadsheet to assist programmers in choosing thread block size based on shared memory and register requirements. 6.3 Data Transfer between Host and Device The bandwidth between the device and the device memory is much higher than the bandwidth between the device memory and the host memory. Therefore, one should strive to minimize data transfer between the host and the device. For example, intermediate data structures may be created in device memory, operated on by the device, and destroyed without ever being mapped by the host or copied to host memory. Also, because of the overhead associated with each transfer, batching many small transfers into a big one always performs much better than making each transfer separately. 56 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 67. Chapter 7. Example of Matrix Multiplication 7.1 Overview The task of computing the product C of two matrices A and B of dimensions (wA, hA) and (wB, wA) respectively, is split among several threads in the following way: Each thread block is responsible for computing one square sub-matrix Csub of C; Each thread within the block is responsible for computing one element of Csub. The dimension block_size of Csub is chosen equal to 16, so that the number of threads per block is a multiple of the warp size (Section 6.2) and remains below the maximum number of threads per block (Section 5.1). As illustrated in Figure 7-1, Csub is equal to the product of two rectangular matrices: the sub-matrix of A of dimension (wA, block_size) that has the same line indices as Csub, and the sub-matrix of B of dimension (block_size, wA) that has the same column indices as Csub. In order to fit into the device’s resources, these two rectangular matrices are divided into as many square matrices of dimension block_size as necessary and Csub is computed as the sum of the products of these square matrices. Each of these products is performed by first loading the two corresponding square matrices from global memory to shared memory with one thread loading one element of each matrix, and then by having each thread compute one element of the product. Each thread accumulates the result of each of these products into a register and once done writes the result to global memory. By blocking the computation this way, we take advantage of fast shared memory and save a lot of global memory bandwidth since A and B are read from global memory only (wA / block_size) times. Nonetheless, this example has been written for clarity of exposition to illustrate various CUDA programming principles, not with the goal of providing a high-performance kernel for generic matrix multiplication and should not be construed as such. CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 57
  • 68. Chapter 7. Example of Matrix Multiplication BLOCK_SIZE B wA BLOCK_SIZE C A BLOCK_SIZE Csub hA BLOCK_SIZE BLOCK_SIZE BLOCK_SIZE wA wB Each thread block computes one sub-matrix Csub of C. Each thread within the block computes one element of Csub. Figure 7-1. Matrix Multiplication 58 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 69. Chapter 7. Example of Matrix Multiplication 7.2 Source Code Listing // Thread block size #define BLOCK_SIZE 16 // Forward declaration of the device multiplication function __global__ void Muld(float*, float*, int, int, float*); // Host multiplication function // Compute C = A * B // hA is the height of A // wA is the width of A // wB is the width of B void Mul(const float* A, const float* B, int hA, int wA, int wB, float* C) { int size; // Load A and B to the device float* Ad; size = hA * wA * sizeof(float); cudaMalloc((void**)&Ad, size); cudaMemcpy(Ad, A, size, cudaMemcpyHostToDevice); float* Bd; size = wA * wB * sizeof(float); cudaMalloc((void**)&Bd, size); cudaMemcpy(Bd, B, size, cudaMemcpyHostToDevice); // Allocate C on the device float* Cd; size = hA * wB * sizeof(float); cudaMalloc((void**)&Cd, size); // Compute the execution configuration assuming // the matrix dimensions are multiples of BLOCK_SIZE dim3 dimBlock(BLOCK_SIZE, BLOCK_SIZE); dim3 dimGrid(wB / dimBlock.x, hA / dimBlock.y); // Launch the device computation Muld<<<dimGrid, dimBlock>>>(Ad, Bd, wA, wB, Cd); // Read C from the device cudaMemcpy(C, Cd, size, cudaMemcpyDeviceToHost); // Free device memory cudaFree(Ad); cudaFree(Bd); cudaFree(Cd); } CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 59
  • 70. Chapter 7. Example of Matrix Multiplication // Device multiplication function called by Mul() // Compute C = A * B // wA is the width of A // wB is the width of B __global__ void Muld(float* A, float* B, int wA, int wB, float* C) { // Block index int bx = blockIdx.x; int by = blockIdx.y; // Thread index int tx = threadIdx.x; int ty = threadIdx.y; // Index of the first sub-matrix of A processed by the block int aBegin = wA * BLOCK_SIZE * by; // Index of the last sub-matrix of A processed by the block int aEnd = aBegin + wA - 1; // Step size used to iterate through the sub-matrices of A int aStep = BLOCK_SIZE; // Index of the first sub-matrix of B processed by the block int bBegin = BLOCK_SIZE * bx; // Step size used to iterate through the sub-matrices of B int bStep = BLOCK_SIZE * wB; // The element of the block sub-matrix that is computed // by the thread float Csub = 0; // Loop over all the sub-matrices of A and B required to // compute the block sub-matrix for (int a = aBegin, b = bBegin; a <= aEnd; a += aStep, b += bStep) { // Shared memory for the sub-matrix of A __shared__ float As[BLOCK_SIZE][BLOCK_SIZE]; // Shared memory for the sub-matrix of B __shared__ float Bs[BLOCK_SIZE][BLOCK_SIZE]; // Load the matrices from global memory to shared memory; // each thread loads one element of each matrix As[ty][tx] = A[a + wA * ty + tx]; Bs[ty][tx] = B[b + wB * ty + tx]; // Synchronize to make sure the matrices are loaded __syncthreads(); // Multiply the two matrices together; // each thread computes one element // of the block sub-matrix for (int k = 0; k < BLOCK_SIZE; ++k) 60 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 71. Chapter 7. Example of Matrix Multiplication Csub += As[ty][k] * Bs[k][tx]; // Synchronize to make sure that the preceding // computation is done before loading two new // sub-matrices of A and B in the next iteration __syncthreads(); } // Write the block sub-matrix to global memory; // each thread writes one element int c = wB * BLOCK_SIZE * by + BLOCK_SIZE * bx; C[c + wB * ty + tx] = Csub; } 7.3 Source Code Walkthrough The source code contains two functions: Mul(), a host function serving as a wrapper to Muld(); Muld(), a kernel that executes the matrix multiplication on the device. 7.3.1 Mul() Mul() takes as input: Two pointers to host memory that point to the elements of A and B, The height and width of A and the width of B, A pointer to host memory that points where C should be written. Mul() performs the following operations: It allocates enough global memory to store A, B, and C using cudaMalloc(); It copies A and B from host memory to global memory using cudaMemcpy(); It calls Muld() to compute C on the device; It copies C from global memory to host memory using cudaMemcpy(); It frees the global memory allocated for A, B, and C using cudaFree(). 7.3.2 Muld() Muld() has the same input as Mul(), except that pointers point to device memory instead of host memory. For each block, Muld()iterates through all the sub-matrices of A and B required to compute Csub. At each iteration: It loads one sub-matrix of A and one sub-matrix of B from global memory to shared memory; It synchronizes to make sure that both sub-matrices are fully loaded by all the threads within the block; It computes the product of the two sub-matrices and adds it to the product obtained during the previous iteration; CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 61
  • 72. Chapter 7. Example of Matrix Multiplication It synchronizes again to make sure that the product of the two sub-matrices is done before starting the next iteration. Once all sub-matrices have been handled, Csub is fully computed and Muld() writes it to global memory. Muld() is written to maximize memory performance according to Section 6.1.2.1 and 6.1.2.4. Indeed, assuming that wA and wB are multiples of 16 as suggested in Section 6.1.2.1, global memory coalescing is ensured because a, b, and c are all multiples of BLOCK_SIZE, which is equal to 16. There is also no shared memory bank conflict since for each half-warp, ty and k are the same for all threads and tx varies from 0 to 15, so each thread accesses a different bank for the memory accesses As[ty][tx], Bs[ty][tx], and Bs[k][tx] and the same bank for the memory access As[ty][k]. 62 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 73. Appendix A. Mathematics Functions Table A-1 below lists all the mathematical standard library functions supported by the CUDA runtime library. It also specifies the error bounds of each function when executed on the device and on the host, in case the host does no supply the function. These bounds are generated from extensive but not exhaustive tests, so these are not guaranteed bounds. For every function func(), the CUDA runtime also supports its single-precision counterpart funcf() when applicable, with the same error bounds. Addition and multiplication are IEEE-compliant, so have a maximum error of 0.5 ulp. They are however often combined into a single multiply-add instruction (FMAD), which truncates the intermediate result of the multiplication. The recommended way to round a floating-point operand to an integer, with the result being a floating-point number is rintf(), not roundf(). The reason is that roundf() maps to an 8-instruction sequence, whereas rintf() maps to a single instruction. truncf(), ceilf(), and floorf() each map to a single instruction as well. Table A-1. Mathematical Standard Library Functions with Maximum ULP Error Function Maximum ulp error x/y 2 (full range) 1/x 1 (full range) 1/sqrt(x) 2 (full range) sqrt(x) 3 (full range) cbrt(x) 1 (full range) hypot(x) 3 (full range) exp(x) 2 (full range) exp2(x) 2 (full range) expm1(x) 4 (full range) log(x) 3 (full range) log2(x) 4 (full range) log10(x) 4 (full range) CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 63
  • 74. Appendix A. Mathematics Functions Function Maximum ulp error log1p(x) 4 (full range) sin(x) 2 (inside interval -12988 ... +12988; larger outside) cos(x) 3 (inside interval -12988 ... +12988; larger outside) tan(x) 4 (inside interval -12988 ... +12988; larger outside) asin(x) 4 (full range) acos(x) 3 (full range) atan(x) 2 (full range) atan2(y, x) 3 (full range) sinh(x) 3 (full range) cosh(x) 2 (full range) tanh(x) 2 (full range) asinh(x) 3 (full range) acosh(x) 5 (full range) atanh(x) 4 (full range) pow(x, y) 16 (for x outside interval 0.75 ... 1.195; larger for x inside) erf(x) 4 (full range) erfc(x) 8 (full range) lgamma(x) 6 (outside interval -11 ... -2.166; larger inside) frexp(x, exp) 0 (full range) ldexp(x, exp) 0 (full range) scalbn(x, n) 0 (full range) logb(x) 0 (full range) ilogb(x) 0 (full range) fmod(x, y) 0 (full range) modf(x, iptr) 0 (full range) fdim(x, y) 0 (full range) trunc(x) 0 (full range) round(x) 0 (full range) rint(x) 0 (full range) nearbyint(x) 0 (full range) ceil(x) 0 (full range) floor(x) 0 (full range) signbit(x) N/A isinf(x) N/A isnan(x) N/A Isfinite(x) N/A Copysign(x, y) N/A Min(x, y) N/A Max(x, y) N/A abs(x) N/A 64 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 75. Appendix A. Mathematics Functions For some of the functions of Table A-1, a less accurate, but faster version exists with the same name prefixed with __ (such as __sin(x)). These functions are listed in Table A-2. The error bounds for the functions prefixed with __ are GPU-specific. Both the regular floating-point division and __fdividef(x, y) have the same accuracy, but for 2126 < y < 2128, __fdividef(x, y) delivers a result of zero, whereas the regular division delivers the correct result to within the accuracy stated in Table A-1. Also, for 2126 < y < 2128, if x is infinity, __fdividef(x, y) delivers a NaN (as a result of multiplying infinity by zero), while the regular division returns infinity. __[u]mul24(x, y) computes the product of the 24 least significant bits of the integer parameters x and y and delivers the 32 least significant bits of the result. If any of the 8 most significant bits of either x or y are set, the result is undefined. __[u]mulhi(x, y) computes the product of the integer parameters x and y and delivers the 32 most significant bits of the 64-bit result. Table A-2. Fast Mathematical Functions Supported by the CUDA Runtime Library with Respective Error Bounds for the GeForce 8800 Series and Quadro FX 5600/4600 Function Error bounds __fdivide(x, y) For y in [2-126, 2126], the maximum ulp error is 2. __exp(x) The maximum ulp error is 2 + floor(abs(1.16 * x)). __log(x) For x in [0.5, 2], the maximum absolute error is 2-21.41, otherwise, the maximum ulp error is 3. __log2(x) For x in [0.5, 2], the maximum absolute error is 2-22, otherwise, the maximum ulp error is 2. __log10(x) For x in [0.5, 2], the maximum absolute error is 2-24, otherwise, the maximum ulp error is 3. __sin(x) For x in [-π, π], the maximum absolute error is 2-21.41, and larger otherwise. __cos(x) For x in [-π, π], the maximum absolute error is 2-21.19, and larger otherwise. __tan(x) Derived from its implementation as __sin(x) * 1 / __cos(x). __pow(x, y) Derived from its implementation as exp2(y * __log2(x)). __mul24(x, y) N/A __umul24(x, y) __mulhi(x, y) N/A __umulhi(x, y) __int_as_float(x) N/A __float_as_int(x) N/A __saturate(x) N/A CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 65
  • 77. Appendix B. Runtime API Reference There are two levels for the runtime API. The low-level API (cuda_runtime_api.h) is a C-style interface that does not require compiling with nvcc. The high-level API (cuda_runtime.h) is a C++-style interface built on top of the low-level API. It wraps some of the low level API routines, using overloading, references and default arguments. These wrappers can be used from C++ code and can be compiled with any C++ compiler. The high-level API also has some CUDA- specific wrappers that wrap low-level routines that deal with symbols, textures, and device functions. These wrappers require the use of nvcc because they depend on code being generated by the compiler (see Section 4.2.5). For example, the execution configuration syntax described in Section 4.2.3 to invoke kernels is only available in source code compiled with nvcc. B.1 Device Management B.1.1 cudaGetDeviceCount() cudaError_t cudaGetDeviceCount(int* count); returns in *count the number of devices currently available for execution. B.1.2 cudaGetDeviceProperties() cudaError_t cudaGetDeviceProperties(struct cudaDeviceProp* prop, int dev); returns in *prop the properties of device dev. The cudaDeviceProp structure is defined as: struct cudaDeviceProp { char* name; size_t bytes; int major; int minor; }; CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 67
  • 78. Appendix B. Runtime API Reference where: name is an ASCII string identifying the device; bytes is the total amount of memory available on the device in bytes; major and minor are the major and minor revision numbers. B.1.3 cudaChooseDevice() cudaError_t cudaChooseDevice(int* dev, const struct cudaDeviceProp& prop); returns in *dev the device which properties best match *prop. B.1.4 cudaSetDevice() cudaError_t cudaSetDevice(int dev); records dev as the device on which the active host thread executes the device code. B.1.5 cudaGetDevice() cudaError_t cudaGetDevice(int* dev); returns in *dev the device on which the active host thread executes the device code. B.2 Memory Management B.2.1 cudaMalloc() cudaError_t cudaMalloc(void** devPtr, size_t count); allocates count bytes of linear memory on the device and returns in *devPtr a pointer to the allocated memory. The allocated memory is suitably aligned for any kind of variable. The memory is not cleared. cudaMalloc() returns cudaErrorMemoryAllocation in case of failure. B.2.2 cudaMalloc2D() CUresult cudaMalloc2D(void** devPtr, unsigned int* pitch, unsigned int widthInBytes, unsigned int height); allocates at least widthInBytes*height bytes of linear memory on the device and returns in *devPtr a pointer to the allocated memory. The function may pad the allocation to ensure that corresponding pointers in any given row will continue to meet the alignment requirements for coalescing as the address is updated from row to row (see Section 6.1.2.1). The pitch returned in *pitch by cudaMalloc2D() is the width in bytes of the allocation. The intended usage of pitch is as a separate parameter of the allocation, used to compute addresses within 68 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 79. Appendix B. Runtime API Reference the 2D array. Given the row and column of an array element of type T, the address is computed as T* pElement = (T*)((char*)BaseAddress + Row * pitch) + Column; For allocations of 2D arrays, it is recommended that developers consider performing pitch allocations using cudaMalloc2D(). Due to pitch alignment restrictions in the hardware, this is especially true if the application will be performing 2D memory copies between different regions of device memory (whether linear memory or CUDA arrays). B.2.3 cudaFree() cudaError_t cudaFree(void* devPtr); frees the memory space pointed to by devPtr, which must have been returned by a previous call to cudaMalloc() or cudaMalloc2D(). Otherwise, or if cudaFree(devPtr) has already been called before, an error is returned. If devPtr is 0, no operation is performed. cudaFree() returns cudaErrorInvalidDevicePointer in case of failure. B.2.4 cudaMallocArray() cudaError_t cudaMallocArray(struct cudaArray** array, const struct cudaChannelFormatDesc* desc, size_t width, size_t height); allocates a CUDA array according to the cudaChannelFormatDesc structure desc and returns a handle to the new CUDA array in *array. cudaChannelFormatDesc is described in Section 4.3.4. B.2.5 cudaFreeArray() cudaError_t cudaFreeArray(struct cudaArray* array); frees the CUDA array array. B.2.6 cudaMemset() cudaError_t cudaMemset(void* devPtr, int value, size_t count); fills the first count bytes of the memory area pointed to by devPtr with the constant byte value value. B.2.7 cudaMemset2D() cudaError_t cudaMemset2D(void* dstPtr, size_t pitch, int value, size_t width, size_t height); sets to the specified value value a matrix (height rows of width bytes each) pointed to by dstPtr. pitch is the pitch in the memory area pointed to by dstPtr. CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 69
  • 80. Appendix B. Runtime API Reference B.2.8 cudaMemcpy() cudaError_t cudaMemcpy(void* dst, const void* src, size_t count, enum cudaMemcpyKind kind); copies count bytes from the memory area pointed to by src to the memory area pointed to by dst, where kind is one of cudaMemcpyHostToHost, cudaMemcpyHostToDevice, cudaMemcpyDeviceToHost, or cudaMemcpyDeviceToDevice, and specifies the direction of the copy. The memory areas may not overlap. Calling cudaMemcpy() with dst and src pointers that do not match the direction of the copy results in an undefined behavior. B.2.9 cudaMemcpy2D() cudaError_t cudaMemcpy2D(void* dst, size_t dpitch, const void* src, size_t spitch, size_t width, size_t height, enum cudaMemcpyKind kind); copies a matrix (height rows of width bytes each) from the memory area pointed to by src to the memory area pointed to by dst, where kind is one of cudaMemcpyHostToHost, cudaMemcpyHostToDevice, cudaMemcpyDeviceToHost, or cudaMemcpyDeviceToDevice, and specifies the direction of the copy. dpitch and spitch are the pitch in the memory areas pointed to by dst and src. The memory areas may not overlap. Calling cudaMemcpy2D() with dst and src pointers that do not match the direction of the copy results in an undefined behavior. B.2.10 cudaMemcpyToArray() cudaError_t cudaMemcpyToArray(struct cudaArray* dstArray, size_t dstX, size_t dstY, const void* src, size_t count, enum cudaMemcpyKind kind); copies count bytes from the memory area pointed to by src to the CUDA array dstArray starting at the upper left corner (dstX, dstY), where kind is one of cudaMemcpyHostToHost, cudaMemcpyHostToDevice, cudaMemcpyDeviceToHost, or cudaMemcpyDeviceToDevice, and specifies the direction of the copy. B.2.11 cudaMemcpy2DToArray() cudaError_t cudaMemcpy2DToArray(struct cudaArray* dstArray, size_t dstX, size_t dstY, const void* src, size_t spitch, size_t width, size_t height, enum cudaMemcpyKind kind); copies a matrix (height rows of width bytes each) from the memory area pointed to by src to the CUDA array dstArray starting at the upper left corner (dstX, dstY), where kind is one of cudaMemcpyHostToHost, 70 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 81. Appendix B. Runtime API Reference cudaMemcpyHostToDevice, cudaMemcpyDeviceToHost, or cudaMemcpyDeviceToDevice, and specifies the direction of the copy. spitch is the pitch in the memory area pointed to by src. B.2.12 cudaMemcpyFromArray() cudaError_t cudaMemcpyFromArray(void* dst, const struct cudaArray* srcArray, size_t srcX, size_t srcY, size_t count, enum cudaMemcpyKind kind); copies count bytes from the CUDA array srcArray starting at the upper left corner (srcX, srcY) to the memory area pointed to by dst, where kind is one of cudaMemcpyHostToHost, cudaMemcpyHostToDevice, cudaMemcpyDeviceToHost, or cudaMemcpyDeviceToDevice, and specifies the direction of the copy. B.2.13 cudaMemcpy2DFromArray() cudaError_t cudaMemcpy2DFromArray(void* dst, size_t dpitch, const struct cudaArray* srcArray, size_t srcX, size_t srcY, size_t width, size_t height, enum cudaMemcpyKind kind); copies a matrix (height rows of width bytes each) from the CUDA array srcArray starting at the upper left corner (srcX, srcY) to the memory area pointed to by dst, where kind is one of cudaMemcpyHostToHost, cudaMemcpyHostToDevice, cudaMemcpyDeviceToHost, or cudaMemcpyDeviceToDevice, and specifies the direction of the copy. dpitch is the pitch in the memory area pointed to by dst. B.2.14 cudaMemcpyArrayToArray() cudaError_t cudaMemcpyArrayToArray(struct cudaArray* dstArray, size_t dstX, size_t dstY, const struct cudaArray* srcArray, size_t srcX, size_t srcY, size_t count, enum cudaMemcpyKind kind); copies count bytes from the CUDA array srcArray starting at the upper left corner (srcX, srcY) to the CUDA array dstArray starting at the upper left corner (dstX, dstY), where kind is one of cudaMemcpyHostToHost, cudaMemcpyHostToDevice, cudaMemcpyDeviceToHost, or cudaMemcpyDeviceToDevice, and specifies the direction of the copy. B.2.15 cudaMemcpy2DArrayToArray() cudaError_t cudaMemcpy2DArrayToArray(struct cudaArray* dstArray, size_t dstX, size_t dstY, CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 71
  • 82. Appendix B. Runtime API Reference const struct cudaArray* srcArray, size_t srcX, size_t srcY, size_t width, size_t height, enum cudaMemcpyKind kind); copies a matrix (height rows of width bytes each) from the CUDA array srcArray starting at the upper left corner (srcX, srcY) to the CUDA array dstArray starting at the upper left corner (dstX, dstY), where kind is one of cudaMemcpyHostToHost, cudaMemcpyHostToDevice, cudaMemcpyDeviceToHost, or cudaMemcpyDeviceToDevice, and specifies the direction of the copy. B.2.16 cudaMemcpyToSymbol() template<class T> cudaError_t cudaMemcpyToSymbol(const T& symbol, const void* src, size_t count, size_t offset = 0); copies count bytes from the memory area pointed to by src to the memory area pointed to by offset bytes from the start of symbol symbol. The memory areas may not overlap. symbol can either be a variable that resides in global memory space, or it can be a character string, naming a variable that resides in global memory space. cudaMemcpyToSymbol() always copies data from the host to the device. B.2.17 cudaMemcpyFromSymbol() template<class T> cudaError_t cudaMemcpyFromSymbol(void *dst, const T& symbol, size_t count, size_t offset = 0); copies count bytes from the memory area pointed to by offset bytes from the start of symbol symbol to the memory area pointed to by dst. The memory areas may not overlap. symbol can either be a variable that resides in global memory space, or it can be a character string, naming a variable that resides in global memory space. cudaMemcpyFromSymbol() always copies data from the device to the host. B.2.18 cudaGetSymbolAddress() template<class T> cudaError_t cudaGetSymbolAddress(void** devPtr, const T& symbol); returns in *devPtr the address of symbol symbol on the device. symbol can either be a variable that resides in device, or it can be a character string, naming a variable that resides in global memory space. If symbol cannot be found, or if symbol is not declared in global memory space, *devPtr is unchanged and an error is returned. cudaGetSymbolAddress() returns cudaErrorInvalidSymbol in case of failure. 72 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 83. Appendix B. Runtime API Reference B.2.19 cudaGetSymbolSize() template<class T> cudaError_t cudaGetSymbolSize(void** devPtr, const T& symbol); returns in *devPtr the size of symbol symbol. symbol can either be a variable that resides in device, or it can be a character string, naming a variable that resides in global memory space. If symbol cannot be found, or if symbol is not declared in global memory space, *devPtr is unchanged and an error is returned. cudaGetSymbolSize() returns cudaErrorInvalidSymbol in case of failure. B.3 Texture Reference Management B.3.1 Low-Level API B.3.1.1 cudaCreateChannelDesc() struct cudaChannelFormatDesc cudaCreateChannelDesc(int x, int y, int z, int w, enum cudaChannelFormatKind f); returns a channel descriptor with format f and number of bits of each component x, y, z, and w. cudaChannelFormatDesc is described in Section 4.3.4. B.3.1.2 cudaGetChannelDesc() cudaError_t cudaGetChannelDesc(struct cudaChannelFormatDesc* desc, const struct cudaArray* array); returns in *desc the channel descriptor of the CUDA array array. B.3.1.3 cudaGetTextureReference() cudaError_t cudaGetTextureReference( struct textureReference** texRef, const char* symbol); returns in *texRef the structure associated to the texture reference defined by symbol symbol. B.3.1.4 cudaBindTexture() cudaError_t cudaBindTexture(const struct textureReference* texRef, const void* devPtr, const struct cudaChannelFormatDesc* desc, size_t size, size_t offset); binds size bytes of the memory area pointed to by (devPTr + offset) to the texture reference texRef. desc describes how the memory is interpreted when fetching values from the texture. cudaError_t cudaBindTextureToArray( const struct textureReference* texRef, const struct cudaArray* array, const struct cudaChannelFormatDesc* desc); binds the CUDA array array to the texture reference texRef. desc describes how the memory is interpreted when fetching values from the texture. CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 73
  • 84. Appendix B. Runtime API Reference B.3.1.5 cudaUnbindTexture() cudaError_t cudaUnbindTexture( const struct textureReference* texRef); unbinds the texture bound to texture reference texRef. B.3.2 High-Level API B.3.2.1 cudaBindTexture() template<class T, int dim, enum cudaTextureReadMode readMode> static __inline__ __host__ cudaError_t cudaBindTexture(const struct texture<T, dim, readMode>& texRef, const void* devPtr, const struct cudaChannelFormatDesc& desc, size_t size = UINT_MAX, size_t offset = 0); binds size bytes of the memory area pointed to by (devPTr + offset) to texture reference texRef. desc describes how the memory is interpreted when fetching values from the texture. template<class T, int dim, enum cudaTextureReadMode readMode> static __inline__ __host__ cudaError_t cudaBindTexture(const struct texture<T, dim, readMode>& texRef, const void* devPtr, size_t size = UINT_MAX, size_t offset = 0); binds size bytes of the memory area pointed to by (devPTr + offset) to texture reference texRef. The channel descriptor is inherited from the texture reference type. template<class T, int dim, enum cudaTextureReadMode readMode> static __inline__ __host__ cudaError_t cudaBindTexture(const struct texture<T, dim, readMode>& texRef, const struct cudaArray* cuArray, const struct cudaChannelFormatDesc& desc); binds the CUDA array array to texture reference texRef. desc describes how the memory is interpreted when fetching values from the texture. template<class T, int dim, enum cudaTextureReadMode readMode> static __inline__ __host__ cudaError_t cudaBindTexture(const struct texture<T, dim, readMode>& texRef, const struct cudaArray* cuArray); binds the CUDA array array to texture reference texRef. The channel descriptor is inherited from the CUDA array. B.3.2.2 cudaUnbindTexture() template<class T, int dim, enum cudaTextureReadMode readMode> static __inline__ __host__ cudaError_t cudaUnbindTexture(const struct texture<T, dim, readMode>& texRef); unbinds the texture bound to texture reference texRef. 74 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 85. Appendix B. Runtime API Reference B.4 Execution Control B.4.1 cudaConfigureCall() cudaError_t cudaConfigureCall(dim3 gridDim, dim3 blockDim, size_t sharedMem = 0, int tokens = 0); specifies the grid and block dimensions for the device call to be executed similar to the execution configuration syntax described in Section 4.2.3. cudaConfigureCall() is stack based. Each call pushes data on top of an execution stack. This data contains the dimension for the grid and thread blocks, together with any arguments for the call. B.4.2 cudaLaunch() template<class T> cudaError_t cudaLaunch(T entry); launches the function entry on the device. entry can either be a function that executes on the device, or it can be a character string, naming a function that executes on the device. entry must be declared as a __global__ function. cudaLaunch() must be preceded by a call to cudaConfigureCall() since it pops the data that was pushed by cudaConfigureCall() from the execution stack. B.4.3 cudaSetupArgument() cudaError_t cudaSetupArgument(void* arg, size_t count, size_t offset); template<class T> cudaError_t cudaSetupArgument(T arg, size_t offset); pushes count bytes of the argument pointed to by arg at offset bytes from the start of the parameter passing area, which starts at offset 0. The arguments are stored in the top of the execution stack. cudaSetupArgument() must be preceded by a call to cudaConfigureCall(). B.5 OpenGL Interoperability B.5.1 cudaGLRegisterBufferObject() cudaError_t cudaGLRegisterBufferObject(GLuint bufferObj); registers the buffer object of ID bufferObj for access by CUDA. This function must be called before CUDA can map the buffer object. While it is registered, the buffer object cannot be used by any OpenGL commands except as a data source for OpenGL drawing commands. CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 75
  • 86. Appendix B. Runtime API Reference B.5.2 cudaGLMapBufferObject() cudaError_t cudaGLMapBufferObject(void** devPtr, GLuint bufferObj); maps the buffer object of ID bufferObj into the address space of CUDA and returns in *devPtr the base pointer of the resulting mapping. B.5.3 cudaGLUnmapBufferObject() cudaError_t cudaGLUnmapBufferObject(GLuint bufferObj); unmaps the buffer object of ID bufferObj for access by CUDA. B.5.4 cudaGLUnregisterBufferObject() cudaError_t cudaGLUnregisterBufferObject(GLuint bufferObj); unregisters the buffer object of ID bufferObj for access by CUDA. B.6 Direct3D Interoperability B.6.1 cudaD3D9Begin() cudaError_t cudaD3D9Begin(IDirect3DDevice9* device); initializes interoperability with the Direct3D device device. This function must be called before CUDA can map any objects from device. The application can then map vertex buffers owned by the Direct3D device until cuD3D9End() is called. B.6.2 cudaD3D9End() cudaError_t cudaD3D9End(); concludes interoperability with the Direct3D device previously specified to cuD3D9Begin(). B.6.3 cudaD3D9RegisterVertexBuffer() cudaError_t cudaD3D9RegisterVertexBuffer(IDirect3DVertexBuffer9* VB); registers the Direct3D vertex buffer VB for access by CUDA. B.6.4 cudaD3D9MapVertexBuffer() cudaError_t cudaD3D9MapVertexBuffer(void** devPtr, unsigned int* size, IDirect3DVertexBuffer9* VB); 76 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 87. Appendix B. Runtime API Reference maps the Direct3D vertex buffer VB into the address space of the current CUDA context and returns in *devPtr and *size the base pointer and size of the resulting mapping. B.6.5 cudaD3D9UnmapVertexBuffer() cudaError_t cudaD3D9UnmapVertexBuffer(IDirect3DVertexBuffer9* VB); unmaps the vertex buffer VB for access by CUDA. B.7 Error Handling B.7.1 cudaGetLastError() cudaError_t cudaGetLastError(void); returns the last error that was returned from any of the runtime calls in the same host thread and resets it to cudaSuccess. B.7.2 cudaGetErrorString() const char* cudaGetErrorString(cudaError_t error); returns a message string from an error code. CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 77
  • 89. Appendix C. Driver API Reference C.1 Initialization C.1.1 cuInit() CUresult cuInit(void); initializes the driver API and must be called before any other function from the driver API. If cuInit() has not been called, any function from the driver API will return CUDA_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED. C.2 Device Management C.2.1 cuDeviceGetCount() CUresult cuDeviceGetCount(int* count); returns in *count the number of devices currently available for execution. C.2.2 cuDeviceGet() CUresult cuDeviceGet(CUdevice* dev, int ordinal); returns in *dev a device handle given an ordinal in the range [0, cuDeviceGetCount()-1]. C.2.3 cuDeviceGetName() CUresult cuDeviceGetName(char* name, int len, CUdevice dev); returns an ASCII string identifying the device dev in the NULL-terminated string pointed to by name. len specifies the maximum length of the string that may be returned. CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 79
  • 90. Appendix C. Driver API Reference C.2.4 cuDeviceTotalMem() CUresult cuDeviceTotalMem(unsigned int* bytes, CUdevice dev); returns in *bytes the total amount of memory available on the device dev in bytes. C.2.5 cuDeviceComputeCapability() CUresult cuDeviceComputeCapability(int* major, int* minor, CUdevice dev); returns in *major and *minor the the major and minor revision numbers of device dev. C.3 Context Management C.3.1 cuCtxCreate() CUresult cuCtxCreate(CUdevice dev); creates a new context for a device and associates it with the calling thread. The context is created with a usage count of 1 and the caller of cuCtxCreate() must call cuCtxDetach() when done using the context. This function fails if a context is already current to the thread. C.3.2 cuCtxAttach() CUresult cuCtxAttach(void); increments the usage count of the context. This function fails if there is no context current to the thread. C.3.3 cuCtxDetach() CUresult cuCtxDetach(void); decrements the usage count of the context, and destroys the context if the usage count goes to 0. C.4 Module Management C.4.1 cuModuleLoad() CUresult cuModuleLoad(CUmodule* mod, const char* filename); takes a file name filename and loads the corresponding module mod into the current context. The CUDA driver API does not attempt to lazily allocate the resources needed by a module; if the memory for functions and data (constant and 80 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 91. Appendix C. Driver API Reference global) needed by the module cannot be allocated, cuModuleLoad() fails. The file should be a cubin file as output by nvcc (see Section 4.2.5). C.4.2 cuModuleLoadData() CUresult cuModuleLoadData(CUmodule* mod, const void* image); takes a pointer image and loads the corresponding module mod into the current context. The pointer may be obtained by mapping a cubin file, passing a cubin file as a text string, or incorporating a cubin object into the executable resources and using operation system calls such as Windows’ FindResource() to obtain the pointer. C.4.3 cuModuleUnload() CUresult cuModuleUnload(CUmodule mod); unloads a module mod from the current context. C.4.4 cuModuleGetFunction() CUresult cuModuleGetFunction(CUfunction* func, CUmodule mod, const char* funcname); returns in *func the handle of the function of name funcname located in module mod. If no function of that name exists, cuModuleGetFunction() returns CUDA_ERROR_NOT_FOUND. C.4.5 cuModuleGetGlobal() CUresult cuModuleGetGlobal(CUdeviceptr* devPtr, unsigned int* bytes, CUmodule mod, const char* globalname); returns in *devPtr and *bytes the base pointer and size of the global of name globalname located in module mod. If no variable of that name exists, cuModuleGetGlobal() returns CUDA_ERROR_NOT_FOUND. Both parameters ptr and bytes are optional. If one of them is null, it is ignored. C.4.6 cuModuleGetTexRef() CUresult cuModuleGetTexRef(CUtexref* texRef, CUmodule hmod, const char* texrefname); returns in *texref the handle of the texture reference of name texrefname in the module mod. If no texture reference of that name exists, cuModuleGetTexRef() returns CUDA_ERROR_NOT_FOUND. CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 81
  • 92. Appendix C. Driver API Reference C.5 Execution Control C.5.1 cuFuncSetBlockShape() CUresult cuFuncSetBlockShape(CUfunction func, unsigned int x, unsigned int y, unsigned int z); specifies the X, Y and Z dimensions of the thread blocks that are created when the kernel given by func is launched. C.5.2 cuFuncSetSharedSize() CUresult cuFuncSetSharedSize(CUfunction func, unsigned int bytes); sets through bytes the amount of shared memory that will be available to each thread block when the kernel given by func is launched. C.5.3 cuParamSetSize() CUresult cuParamSetSize(CUfunction func, unsigned int numbytes); sets through numbytes the total size in bytes needed by the function parameters of function func. C.5.4 cuParamSeti() CUresult cuParamSeti(CUfunction func, unsigned int offset, unsigned int value); sets an integer parameter that will be specified the next time the kernel corresponding to func will be invoked. offset is a byte offset. C.5.5 cuParamSetf() CUresult cuParamSetf(CUfunction func, unsigned int offset, float value); sets a floating point parameter that will be specified the next time the kernel corresponding to func will be invoked. offset is a byte offset. C.5.6 cuParamSetv() CUresult cuParamSetv(CUfunction func, unsigned int offset, void* ptr, unsigned int numbytes); copies an arbitrary amount of data into the parameter space of the kernel corresponding to func. offset is a byte offset. 82 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 93. Appendix C. Driver API Reference C.5.7 cuParamSetArray() CUresult cuParamSetArray(CUfunction func, unsigned int texunit, CUarray array); makes the CUDA array array available to a device program as a texture. offset gives the offset of the sampler that the CUDA array is to be bound to. For texture references whose handles were passed back by cuModuleGetTexRef(), the special value CU_PARAM_TR_DEFAULT directs the driver to infer this value from the module. C.5.8 cuLaunch() CUresult cuLaunch(CUfunction func); invokes the kernel func on a 1×1 grid of blocks. The block contains the number of threads specified by a previous call to cuFuncSetBlockShape(). C.5.9 cuLaunchGrid() CUresult cuLaunchGrid(CUfunction func, unsigned int grid_width, unsigned int grid_height); invokes the kernel on a grid_width × grid_height grid of blocks. Each block contains the number of threads specified by a previous call to cuFuncSetBlockShape(). C.6 Memory Management C.6.1 cuMemAlloc() CUresult cuMemAlloc(CUdeviceptr* devPtr, unsigned int count); allocates count bytes of linear memory on the device and returns in *devPtr a pointer to the allocated memory. The allocated memory is suitably aligned for any kind of variable. The memory is not cleared. If count is 0, cuMemAlloc() returns CUDA_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE. C.6.2 cuMemAlloc2D() CUresult cuMemAlloc2D(CUdeviceptr* devPtr, unsigned int* pitch, unsigned int widthInBytes, unsigned int height, unsigned int elementSizeBytes); allocates at least widthInBytes*height bytes of linear memory on the device and returns in *devPtr a pointer to the allocated memory. The function may pad the allocation to ensure that corresponding pointers in any given row will continue to meet the alignment requirements for coalescing as the address is updated from CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 83
  • 94. Appendix C. Driver API Reference row to row (see Section 6.1.2.1). elementSizeBytes specifies the size of the largest reads and writes that will be performed on the memory range. elementSizeBytes may be 4, 8 or 16 (since coalesced memory transactions are not possible on other data sizes). If elementSizeBytes is smaller than the actual read/write size of a kernel, the kernel will run correctly, but possibly at reduced speed. The pitch returned in *pitch by cuMemAlloc2D() is the width in bytes of the allocation. The intended usage of pitch is as a separate parameter of the allocation, used to compute addresses within the 2D array. Given the row and column of an array element of type T, the address is computed as T* pElement = (T*)((char*)BaseAddress + Row * Pitch) + Column; The pitch returned by cuMemAlloc2D() is guaranteed to work with cuMemcpy2D() under all circumstances. For allocations of 2D arrays, it is recommended that developers consider performing pitch allocations using cuMemAlloc2D(). Due to pitch alignment restrictions in the hardware, this is especially true if the application will be performing 2D memory copies between different regions of device memory (whether linear memory or CUDA arrays). C.6.3 cuMemFree() CUresult cuMemFree(CUdeviceptr devPtr); frees the memory space pointed to by devPtr, which must have been returned by a previous call to cudaMalloc() or cudaMalloc2D(). C.6.4 cuMemAllocSystem() CUresult cuMemAllocSystem(void** sysPtr, unsigned int count); allocates count bytes of system memory that is page-locked and accessible to the device. The driver tracks the virtual memory ranges allocated with this function and automatically accelerates calls to functions such as cuMemcpy(). Since the memory can be accessed directly by the device, it can be read or written with much higher bandwidth than pageable system memory obtained with functions such as malloc(). Allocating excessive amounts of memory with cuMemAllocSystem() may degrade system performance, since it reduces the amount of memory available to the system for paging. As a result, this function is best used sparingly to allocate staging areas for data exchange between host and device. C.6.5 cuMemFreeSystem() CUresult cuMemFreeSystem(void* sysPtr); frees the memory space pointed to by sysPtr, which must have been returned by a previous call to cuMemAllocSystem(). C.6.6 cuMemGetAddressRange() CUresult cuMemGetAddressRange(CUdeviceptr* basePtr, unsigned int* size, 84 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 95. Appendix C. Driver API Reference CUdeviceptr devPtr); returns the base address in *basePtr and size and *size of the allocation by cuMemAlloc() or cuMemAlloc2D() that contains the input pointer devPtr. Both parameters basePtr and size are optional. If one of them is null, it is ignored. C.6.7 cuArrayCreate() CUresult cuArrayCreate(CUarray* array, const CUDA_ARRAY_DESCRIPTOR* desc); creates a CUDA array according to the CUDA_ARRAY_DESCRIPTOR structure desc and returns a handle to the new CUDA array in *array. The CUDA_ARRAY_DESCRIPTOR structure is defined as such: typedef struct { unsigned int Width; unsigned int Height; CUarray_format Format; unsigned int NumPackedComponents; } CUDA_ARRAY_DESCRIPTOR; where: Width and Height are the width and height of the CUDA array (in elements); NumPackedComponents specifies the number of packed components per CUDA array element.; it may be 1, 2 or 4; Format specifies the format of the elements; CUarray_format is defined as such: typedef enum CUarray_format_enum { CU_AD_FORMAT_UNSIGNED_INT8 = 0x01, CU_AD_FORMAT_UNSIGNED_INT16 = 0x02, CU_AD_FORMAT_UNSIGNED_INT32 = 0x03, CU_AD_FORMAT_SIGNED_INT8 = 0x08, CU_AD_FORMAT_SIGNED_INT16 = 0x09, CU_AD_FORMAT_SIGNED_INT32 = 0x0a, CU_AD_FORMAT_HALF = 0x10, CU_AD_FORMAT_FLOAT = 0x20 } CUarray_format; Here are examples of CUDA array descriptions: Description for a CUDA array of 2048 floats: CUDA_ARRAY_DESCRIPTOR desc; desc.Format = CU_AD_FORMAT_FLOAT; desc.NumPackedComponents = 1; desc.Width = 2048; desc.Height = 1; Description for a 64×64 CUDA array of floats: CUDA_ARRAY_DESCRIPTOR desc; desc.Format = CU_AD_FORMAT_FLOAT; desc.NumPackedComponents = 1; desc.Width = 64; desc.Height = 64; Description for a width×height CUDA array of 64-bit, 4x16-bit float16's: CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 85
  • 96. Appendix C. Driver API Reference CUDA_ARRAY_DESCRIPTOR desc; desc.FormatFlags = CU_AD_FORMAT_HALF; desc.NumPackedComponents = 4; desc.Width = width; desc.Height = height; Description for a width×height CUDA array of 16-bit elements, each of which is two 8-bit unsigned chars: CUDA_ARRAY_DESCRIPTOR arrayDesc; desc.FormatFlags = CU_AD_FORMAT_UNSIGNED_INT8; desc.NumPackedComponents = 2; desc.Width = width; desc.Height = height; C.6.8 cuArrayGetDescriptor() CUresult cuArrayGetDescriptor(CUDA_ARRAY_DESCRIPTOR* arrayDesc, CUarray array); returns in *arrayDesc the descriptor that was used to create the CUDA array array. It is useful for subroutines that have been passed a CUDA array, but need to know the CUDA array parameters for validation or other purposes. C.6.9 cuArrayDestroy() CUresult cuArrayDestroy(CUarray array); destroys the CUDA array array. C.6.10 cuMemset() CUresult cuMemsetD8(CUdeviceptr dstDevice, unsigned char value, unsigned int count); CUresult cuMemsetD16(CUdeviceptr dstDevice, unsigned short value, unsigned int count); CUresult cuMemsetD32(CUdeviceptr dstDevice, unsigned int value, unsigned int count); sets the memory range of count 8-, 16-, or 32-bit values to the specified value value. C.6.11 cuMemcpyStoD() CUresult cuMemcpyStoD(CUdeviceptr dstDevPtr, const void *srcHostPtr, unsigned int count); copies from host memory to device memory. dstDevPtr and srcHostPtr specify the base addresses of the destination and source, respectively. count specifies the number of bytes to copy. 86 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 97. Appendix C. Driver API Reference C.6.12 cuMemcpyDtoS() CUresult cuMemcpyDtoS(void* dstHostPtr, CUdeviceptr srcDevPtr, unsigned int count); copies from device to host memory. dstHostPtr and srcDevPtr specify the base addresses of the source and destination, respectively. count specifies the number of bytes to copy. C.6.13 cuMemcpyDtoD() CUresult cuMemcpyDtoD(CUdeviceptr dstDevPtr, CUdeviceptr srcDevPtr, unsigned int count); copies from device memory to device memory. dstDevice and srcDevPtr are the base pointers of the destination and source, respectively. count specifies the number of bytes to copy. C.6.14 cuMemcpyDtoA() CUresult cuMemcpyDtoA(CUarray dstArray, unsigned int dstIndex, CUdeviceptr srcDevPtr, unsigned int count); copies from device memory to a 1D CUDA array. dstArray and dstIndex specify the CUDA array handle and starting index of the destination data. srcDevPtr specifies the base pointer of the source. count specifies the number of bytes to copy. C.6.15 cuMemcpyAtoD() CUresult cuMemcpyAtoD(CUdeviceptr dstDevPtr, CUarray srcArray, unsigned int srcIndex, unsigned int count); copies from a 1D CUDA array to device memory. dstDevPtr specifies the base pointer of the destination and must be naturally aligned with the CUDA array elements. srcArray and srcIndex specify the CUDA array handle and the index (in array elements) of the array element where the copy is to begin. count specifies the number of bytes to copy and must be evenly divisible by the array element size. C.6.16 cuMemcpyAtoS() CUresult cuMemcpyAtoS(void* dstHostPtr, CUarray srcArray, unsigned int srcIndex, unsigned int count); copies from a 1D CUDA array to host memory. dstHostPtr specifies the base pointer of the destination. srcArray and srcIndex specify the CUDA array handle and starting index of the source data. count specifies the number of bytes to copy. CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 87
  • 98. Appendix C. Driver API Reference C.6.17 cuMemcpyStoA() CUresult cuMemcpyStoA(CUarray dstArray, unsigned int dstIndex, const void *srcHostPtr, unsigned int count); copies from host memory to a 1D CUDA array. dstArray and dstIndex specify the CUDA array handle and starting index of the destination data. srcHostPtr specify the base addresse of the source. count specifies the number of bytes to copy. C.6.18 cuMemcpyAtoA() CUresult cuMemcpyAtoA(CUarray dstArray, unsigned int dstIndex, CUarray srcArray, unsigned int srcIndex, unsigned int count); copies from one 1D CUDA array to another. dstArray and srcArray specify the handles of the destination and source CUDA arrays for the copy, respectively. dstIndex and srcIndex specify the destination and source indices into the CUDA array. These values are in the range [0, Width-1] for the CUDA array; they are not byte offsets. count is the number of bytes to be copied. The size of the elements in the CUDA arrays need not be the same format, but the elements must be the same size; and count must be evenly divisible by that size. C.6.19 cuMemcpy2D() CUresult cuMemcpy2D(const CUDA_MEMCPY2D* copyParam); CUresult cuMemcpy2DUnaligned(const CUDA_MEMCPY2D* copyParam); perform a 2D memory copy according to the parameters specified in copyParam. The CUDA_MEMCPY2D structure is defined as such: typedef struct CUDA_MEMCPY2D_st { unsigned int srcXInBytes, srcY; CUmemorytype srcMemoryType; const void *srcSystem; CUdeviceptr srcDevice; CUarray srcArray; unsigned int srcPitch; unsigned int dstXInBytes, dstY; CUmemorytype dstMemoryType; void *dstSystem; CUdeviceptr dstDevice; CUarray dstArray; unsigned int dstPitch; unsigned int WidthInBytes; unsigned int Height; } CUDA_MEMCPY2D; where: 88 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 99. Appendix C. Driver API Reference srcMemoryType and dstMemoryType specify the type of memory of the source and destination, respectively; Cumemorytype_enum is defined as such: typedef enum CUmemorytype_enum { CU_MEMORYTYPE_SYSTEM = 0x01, CU_MEMORYTYPE_DEVICE = 0x02, CU_MEMORYTYPE_ARRAY = 0x03 } CUmemorytype; If srcMemoryType is CU_MEMORYTYPE_SYSTEM, srcSystem and srcPitch specify the (system) base address of the source data and the bytes per row to apply. srcArray is ignored. If srcMemoryType is CU_MEMORYTYPE_DEVICE, srcDevice and srcPitch specify the (device) base address of the source data and the bytes per row to apply. srcArray is ignored. If srcMemoryType is CU_MEMORYTYPE_ARRAY, srcArray specifies the handle of the source data. srcSystem, srcDevice and srcPitch are ignored. If dstMemoryType is CU_MEMORYTYPE_SYSTEM, dstSystem and dstPitch specify the (system) base address of the destination data and the bytes per row to apply. dstArray is ignored. If dstMemoryType is CU_MEMORYTYPE_DEVICE, dstDevice and dstPitch specify the (device) base address of the destination data and the bytes per row to apply. dstArray is ignored. If dstMemoryType is CU_MEMORYTYPE_ARRAY, dstArray specifies the handle of the destination data. dstSystem, dstDevice and dstPitch are ignored. srcXInBytes and srcY specify the base address of the source data for the copy. For system pointers, the starting address is void* StartSystem = (void*)((char*)srcSystem+srcY*srcPitch + srcXInBytes); For device pointers, the starting address is CUdeviceptr StartSystem = srcDevice+srcY*srcPitch+srcXInBytes; For CUDA arrays, srcXInBytes must be evenly divisible by the array element size. dstXInBytes and dstY specify the base address of the destination data for the copy. For system pointers, the base address is void* dstStart = (void*)((char*)dstSystem+dstY*dstPitch + dstXInBytes); For device pointers, the starting address is CUdeviceptr dstStart = dstDevice+dstY*dstPitch+dstXInBytes; For CUDA arrays, dstXInBytes must be evenly divisible by the array element size. CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 89
  • 100. Appendix C. Driver API Reference WidthInBytes and Height specify the width (in bytes) and height of the 2D copy being performed. Any pitches must be greater than or equal to WidthInBytes. cuMemAlloc2D() passes back pitches that always work with cuMemcpy2D(). On intra-device memory copies (device↔device, CUDA array↔device, CUDA array↔ CUDA array), cuMemcpy2D() may fail for pitches not computed by cuMemAlloc2D(). cuMemcpy2DUnaligned() does not have this restriction, but may run significantly slower in the cases where cuMemcpy2D() would have returned an error code. C.7 Texture Reference Management C.7.1 cuModuleGetTexRef() CUresult cuModuleGetTexRef(CUtexref* texRef, CUmodule mod, const char* texrefname); returns in *texRef the handle of the texture reference of name texrefname that was created when the module mod was loaded. This texture reference handle should not be destroyed, since it will be destroyed when the module is unloaded. C.7.2 cuTexRefCreate() CUresult cuTexRefCreate(CUtexref* texRef); creates a texture reference and returns its handle in *texRef. Once created, the application must call cuTexRefSetArray() or cuTexRefSetAddress() to associate the reference with allocated memory. Other texture reference functions are used to specify the format and interpretation (addressing, filtering, etc.) to be used when the memory is read through this texture reference. To associate the texture reference with a texture ordinal for a given function, the application should call cuParamSetTexRef(). C.7.3 cuTexRefDestroy() CUresult cuTexRefDestroy(CUtexref texRef); destroys the texture reference. C.7.4 cuTexRefSetArray() CUresult cuTexRefSetArray(CUtexref texRef, CUarray array, unsigned int flags); binds the CUDA array array to the texture reference texRef. Any previous address or CUDA array state associated with the texture reference is superseded by this function. flags must be set to CU_TRSA_OVERRIDE_FORMAT. 90 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 101. Appendix C. Driver API Reference C.7.5 cuTexRefSetAddress() CUresult cuTexRefSetAddress(CUtexref texRef, CUdeviceptr base, CUdeviceptr devPtr, unsigned int bytes); binds a linear address range to the texture reference texRef. Any previous address or CUDA array state associated with the texture reference is superseded by this function. C.7.6 cuTexRefSetFormat() CUresult cuTexRefSetFormat(CUtexref texRef, CUarray_format format, unsigned int numPackedComponents); specifies the format of the data to be read by the texture reference texRef. format and numPackedComponents are exactly analogous to the Format and NumPackedComponents members of the CUDA_ARRAY_DESCRIPTOR structure: They specify the format of each component and the number of components per array element. C.7.7 cuTexRefSetAddressMode() CUresult cuTexRefSetAddressMode(CUtexref texRef, unsigned int dim, CUaddress_mode mode); specifies the addressing mode mode for the given dimension of the texture reference texRef. If dim is zero, the addressing mode is applied to the first parameter of the texfetch()function used to fetch from the texture; if dim is 1, the second, and so on. CUaddress_mode is defined as such: typedef enum CUaddress_mode_enum { CU_TR_ADDRESS_MODE_WRAP = 0, CU_TR_ADDRESS_MODE_CLAMP = 1, CU_TR_ADDRESS_MODE_MIRROR = 2, } CUaddress_mode; Note that this call has no effect if texRef is bound to linear memory. C.7.8 cuTexRefSetFilterMode() CUresult cuTexRefSetFilterMode(CUtexref texRef, CUfilter_mode mode); specifies the filtering mode mode to be used when reading memory through the texture reference texRef. CUfilter_mode_enum is defined as such: typedef enum CUfilter_mode_enum { CU_TR_FILTER_MODE_POINT = 0, CU_TR_FILTER_MODE_LINEAR = 1 } CUfilter_mode; Note that this call has no effect if texRef is bound to linear memory. CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 91
  • 102. Appendix C. Driver API Reference C.7.9 cuTexRefSetFlags() CUresult cuTexRefSetFlags(CUtexref texRef, unsigned int Flags); specifies optional flags to control the behavior of data returned through the texture reference. The valid flags are: CU_TRSF_READ_AS_INTEGER, which suppresses the default behavior of having the texture promote integer data to floating point data in the range [0, 1]; CU_TRSF_NORMALIZED_COORDINATES, which suppresses the default behavior of having the texture coordinates range from [0, Dim) where Dim is the width or height of the CUDA array. Instead, the texture coordinates [0, 1.0) reference the entire breadth of the array dimension. C.7.10 cuTexRefGetAddress() CUresult cuTexRefGetAddress(CUdeviceptr* baseAddress, CUdeviceptr* pdptr, CUtexref texRef); returns in *baseAddress the base address bound to the texture reference texRef, or returns CUDA_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE if the texture reference is not bound to any device memory range. C.7.11 cuTexRefGetArray() CUresult cuTexRefGetArray(CUarray* array, CUtexref texRef); returns in *array the CUDA array bound by the texture reference texRef, or returns CUDA_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE if the texture reference is not bound to any CUDA array. C.7.12 cuTexRefGetAddressMode() CUresult cuTexRefGetAddressMode(CUaddress_mode* mode, CUtexref texRef, unsigned int dim); returns in *mode the addressing mode corresponding to the dimension dim of the texture reference texRef. Currently the only valid values for dim are 0 and 1. C.7.13 cuTexRefGetFilterMode() CUresult cuTexRefGetFilterMode(CUfilter_mode* mode, CUtexref texRef); returns in *mode the filtering mode of the texture reference texRef. C.7.14 cuTexRefGetFormat() CUresult cuTexRefGetFormat(CUarray_format* format, unsigned int* numPackedComponents, CUtexref texRef); 92 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 103. Appendix C. Driver API Reference returns in *format and *numPackedComponents the format and number of components of the CUDA array bound to the texture reference texRef. If format or numPackedComponents is null, it will be ignored. C.7.15 cuTexRefGetFlags() CUresult cuTexRefGetFlags(unsigned int* flags, CUtexref texRef); returns in *flags the flags of the texture reference texRef. C.8 OpenGL Interoperability C.8.1 cuGLInit() CUresult cuGLInit(void); initializes OpenGL interoperability. It must be called before performing any other OpenGL interoperability operations. It may fail if the needed OpenGL driver facilities are not available. C.8.2 cuGLRegisterBufferObject() CUresult cuGLRegisterBufferObject(GLuint bufferObj); registers the buffer object of ID bufferObj for access by CUDA. This function must be called before CUDA can map the buffer object. While it is registered, the buffer object cannot be used by any OpenGL commands except as a data source for OpenGL drawing commands. C.8.3 cuGLMapBufferObject() CUresult cuGLMapBufferObject(CUdeviceptr* devPtr, unsigned int* size, GLuint bufferObj); maps the buffer object of ID bufferObj into the address space of the current CUDA context and returns in *devPtr and *size the base pointer and size of the resulting mapping. C.8.4 cuGLUnmapBufferObject() CUresult cuGLUnmapBufferObject(GLuint bufferObj); unmaps the buffer object of ID bufferObj for access by CUDA. C.8.5 cuGLUnregisterBufferObject() CUresult cuGLUnregisterBufferObject(GLuint bufferObj); unregisters the buffer object of ID bufferObj for access by CUDA. CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2 93
  • 104. Appendix C. Driver API Reference C.9 Direct3D Interoperability C.9.1 cuD3D9Begin() CUresult cuD3D9Begin(IDirect3DDevice9* device); initializes interoperability with the Direct3D device device. This function must be called before CUDA can map any objects from device. The application can then map vertex buffers owned by the Direct3D device until cuD3D9End() is called. C.9.2 cuD3D9End() CUresult cuD3D9End(); concludes interoperability with the Direct3D device previously specified to cuD3D9Begin(). C.9.3 cuD3D9RegisterVertexBuffer() CUresult cuD3D9RegisterVertexBuffer(IDirect3DVertexBuffer9* VB); registers the Direct3D vertex buffer VB for access by CUDA. C.9.4 cuD3D9MapVertexBuffer() CUresult cuD3D9MapVertexBuffer(CUdeviceptr* devPtr, unsigned int* size, IDirect3DVertexBuffer9* VB); maps the Direct3D vertex buffer VB into the address space of the current CUDA context and returns in *devPtr and *size the base pointer and size of the resulting mapping. C.9.5 cuD3D9UnmapVertexBuffer() CUresult cuD3D9UnmapVertexBuffer(IDirect3DVertexBuffer9* VB); unmaps the vertex buffer VB for access by CUDA. 94 CUDA Programming Guide Version 0.8.2
  • 105. Notice ALL NVIDIA DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS, REFERENCE BOARDS, FILES, DRAWINGS, DIAGNOSTICS, LISTS, AND OTHER DOCUMENTS (TOGETHER AND SEPARATELY, “MATERIALS”) ARE BEING PROVIDED “AS IS.” NVIDIA MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED, STATUTORY, OR OTHERWISE WITH RESPECT TO THE MATERIALS, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NONINFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Information furnished is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, NVIDIA Corporation assumes no responsibility for the consequences of use of such information or for any infringement of patents or other rights of third parties that may result from its use. No license is granted by implication or otherwise under any patent or patent rights of NVIDIA Corporation. Specifications mentioned in this publication are subject to change without notice. This publication supersedes and replaces all information previously supplied. NVIDIA Corporation products are not authorized for use as critical components in life support devices or systems without express written approval of NVIDIA Corporation. Trademarks NVIDIA, the NVIDIA logo, GeForce and Quadro are trademarks or registered trademarks of NVIDIA Corporation. Other company and product names may be trademarks of the respective companies with which they are associated. Copyright © 2007 NVIDIA Corporation. All rights reserved. NVIDIA Corporation 2701 San Tomas Expressway Santa Clara, CA 95050 www.nvidia.com
  翻译: